A

CATPXHISM SERIES

MATERIA MEDICA

COMPLETE VOLUME

BV

JAMES A. WHITLAL.R.C.P. &S., L.P.S.I.

EDINBURGH:

E. & S. LIVINGSTONE17 TEVIOT PLACE

[all rights kkskrvkdI

PHARAUCY LIBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO

CONTENTS

PART I.

PACK

Alkaloids— Alkaloidal Salts— Glucosidbs—GcMa

—

Rksins—Gum Rksins—Oleo-Rbsins

—Balsams—Stbaboptknbs—Oils—In-

sfissatid jcioss ..... 1

Dbuos vbom Aximal Kingdom ... 27

Vbobtablb Matbbia Mbdica .... 32

Chbmical Matbbia Mbdica .... 70

PART II.

Cbbmical Matbbia Mbdica, continued 81

Cabboh Compocsds ..... 120

OBOAinc Acids 135

iKOBOAiac Acids ...... 142

OmciAL Pbbpabations 149

PART III.

OmcLU. Pbbpabatioks, continued . 161

Pbbscbibino ....... 187

Phabmacoloot and Thbbapbutics . 189

PsBscBimovs --"

I5DBX -^'

MATERIA MEDICA.

PART I.

What is meant by the Term " Pharmacology " /

It is the science which treats of the actions of drugs both

physiologically and pathologically.

What is meant by " Therapeutics " /

It is the science of curing disease, and may be ** Rational,"

e.g. when we understand the nature of the disease and the

pharmacological action of the drug ; or it may be " Empirical,"

e.g. when we do not know why a remedy is efficient.

ALKALOIDS.

Dejine Alkaloids.

They are active ii; I'lincifdes of organic com-

pounds, and have an alkaline reaction, combining with acids

to form salts. They arc compound ammonias, l)ecaiise they

contain nitrogen, combined with something chemically

equivalent to the three hydrogen atoms of ammonia. Theyare sparingly soluble in water, and constitute the physiologi-

cally active part of the plant. Tlieir Latin names end in

"ina" ; the English termination being "ine.'

Enumerate the Official Alkaloids.

Aconitina, Atropina, Caffeina, Cocaina, Codeina,

Strychnina.

What is Aconitina and its Dose ?

It is the alkaloid obtained from Aconitum napellus. It is

never administered internally.

Hotp is it used and what Precautions are necessary t

In the form of the official ointment, Ungiientum Aconitina,

it is sometimes usetl in facial neuralgia, as it produces local

anaesthesia by paralysing the sensory nerve endings. Theskin should Ije sound, as it is very quickly absorbed.

Describe Atrojnna and give its Dose.

It is the alkaloid obtained from Atrnpa Belladonna andother plants of the natural order Solanacese. Its dose is

from jj^ U) yJ^ of a grain.

Mention its Preparations.

Unguentum Atropine, Atropinee Sulphas (similar dose).

The preiMirations of the sulphate are Lamellae Atropinse,

each containing ^xnnr g™'" > Liquor Atropin« Sulphatis,

strength 1 ])er cent., dose ^ to 1 minim.

What are the External Actions of Atropine f

It nmst Ih' mixed with some ab8orl)ent preparation, such

as glycerin, alcohol, or camphor, or placed on an abradedsurface, lK'f(»re it exerts its action. It then paralyses the

terminations of the sensory nerves, acting as a local

Muesthetic and aixnlyne, at the same time rendering theHocrelionx of t)u> akin less active.

In ichiit H ays is Atropine administeretl intemalhjf

As Uie liquor by the mouth, or, in solution, hypodermically.

OfMTilts it* Action on the Nervous System,

The peripheml tenuinations of all the secretory nervesare depr«e.-ed, so that active secretions arr diminishe«l.Thp nK»t4jr nerves are not nffoctcd.

Name tome S>/ii>/'fn»ifi noticeable afirr Administration ofAtrojritw.

(1) The pupils are dilated, and there is loss of accomoda-

tive power, omng to paralysis of the third nerve.

(2) Dryness of mouth and throat, owing to paralysis of

the chorda tympani nerve.

(3) Absence of perspiration, skin flushed, and sometimes

a red rash, owing to paralysis of " sweat " nerves.

(4) Secretion of milk (if present) is arrested, owing to

])aralysis of lacteal nerves.

(5) Increase in pulse-rate, owing to paralysis of cardiac

inliibitory nerves.

(6) Cough (if present) is lessened, bronchial secretion is

diminished, and respiration is quicker and deeper, owing to

paralysis of the afferent and efterent pulmonary fibres of the

vagi nerves.

What is Theine f

It is Caffeine, an alkaloid present in common tea (Camellia

Thea).

WluU Alkaloid is obtained from Cocoa ?

Theobromine (not official). There is an official compoundcalled "Diuretin," which is Theobrominae et Sodii Salicy-

latis, dose 10 to 20 grain.s.

Give the Prejtarations of Caffeine and their Doses.

Catfeinte Citras, which is used in making Caffeinse Citras

Effervescens. Caffeine, 1 to 5 grains : Citrate of Caffeine,

2 to 10 fjrains.

Why do excessive Tea-drinkers sufferfrom Cardiac Palptation ?

Because Caffeine, in moderate doses, stimulates the cardiac

muscle ami increases the rate of the cardiac beat, whilst

large doses cause the luait t" bocomc irregular.

In iihnt CloM o/ CasM is Caffeine beneficial f

In canliac cases, with aortic or mitral olistniction, when

it is dt'sired to exercise a stimulant efFect on the heart. It

may be combined with strychnine. Also in cardiac cases

with dropsy it is beneficial on account of its diuretic

action ; the latter action also accounting for its use in cases

of pleuritic effusion.

What is its Efect on the Cerebrum ?

It stimulates the brain, and renders the sjwcial .senses

more alert, increasing the power to do muscular work.

Is Citrate uf Caffeine a Stable Salt f

No. On the addition of water, it is decomposed with

liberation of free caffeine, but on adding more water it

Ijecomes re-dissolved.

//./.- I.-' Ci'iuiitc "hlaiu'd, and what are itn Preparations?

From Coca leaves (Erythroxylum Coca) and its varieties.

The preparations are—Unguentum Cocainse, 4 |)er cent.

Cocainse Hydrochloridum, dose ^^^ to \ grain.

From the Hydrochloride are obtained

—

Injuctio Cocaina) Hypodennica, 5 per ceuU, doee 5to 10 minims.

Ijimellw Cocaina;, each containing ^^^ grain.

TriH-hiscuH Kmmeria; et Cocainte, each cont^i»M»"

', .;rain.

D^eribe the KJeet of a Hypodermic Injection of' Cocaine.

It KtimiUates the vasoH-onstrictor nerve,t of the local

venels, thus acting as a hemostatic, and paraly.sca the local

•entory nerves, thuH arting as n KkmI ftna'.<»thetic.

U hnf Kfftett are produced 6y Oral Administration t

lu tuiKwlbetic influence is recognised by the aljolition oftMte, and the absence of hunger sensation. Moderate doses

aboli-sh fatigue, bodily and mentally, but a single large dose

will cause mental excitement, delirium, and convulsions.

Describe its Effect mi t/te Eye.

There is complete local anaesthesia with wide dilatation

of the pupil which is feebly responsive to light, and the

vessels of the eye become constricted.

What is its OphtluUmic Antidote. ?

Physostigmine,

What are ** Cocaine Bicgs " /

A sensation of little animals creeping on the skin, which

is often experienced by habitual users of Cocaine.

Which Alkaloidal Salt has Properties similar to Cocaine f

Benzaminse Lactas, dose ^ to h grain.

I/ow is Codeina obtaiiud and what is its Dose ?

From opium or morphine. Dose ^ to 1 grain.

Its alkaloidal salt is Codeinse Phosphas. Dose ^ to 1

grain. It is used in the preparation of Syrupus Codeinse

Phosphatis. Dose ^ to 2 drams.

Mention the Uses of Codeine.

To allay cough in phthisis, to relieve ovarian paui, andto lessen glycosuria in diabetes. It is less physiologically

active than morphine.

Whai is Strychnina and what is its Dose 1

It is the alkaloidal principle of Nux Vomica. Its dose

^8 A" ^ tV grain.

WhcU otJier Alkaloid is present ?

Brucine, but this is not ofliciui.

6

aire (he PrejmralurtU) of Strychnina.

SynipuH Ferri Phosphatis tunj guiuina et Strycliniua,

containing ^V of a grain in each di-am, dose ^ to 1 iliaiu.

Strychnina' Ifydrochloriduni, iloso ,}^ t<' ' "min.

What are the Frtparations of Strychnine Hydrochloride f

Iiyectio StryclininaB Hypodermica, '75 per cent., dose 5

to 10 minims.

Liquor Strychnina Hydrochloridi, 1 per cent., dose 2

to 8 minims.

Describe the Actiana of Strychnine.

It exerts its chief action on the anterior cells of the spinal

cord, enormously increasing their reflex excitability and

irritability, tluis explaining the cause of convulsions in

strychnine i)oi.st>ning. The convolutions of the brain are

not affected, but the medullary centres, being continuations

of the anterior comua of the cord, are powerfully stimulated,

especially the respiratory centre. The vaso-niotor centre is

ako excitetl, and this, in conjunction with the stimulating

effect on the heart, causes a rise in blood pres-sure, which

is also accentuated by the increasetl peripheral resistance

due to frequent muscular contractions.

How M Stryrhnine eUminafed f

Slowly and tnialtered by the kidneys. It tends to

accumulate and tolerance is never established.

ALKALOIDAL SALTS

iVotiM the AUutloidal S(»lts obtainedfrom Opium or Morphine.

1. Apomori>hinn Hydrochloridum, dose ^j^ to \ grain.

2. C'Moinw Phosphas, „ | to I „M.rphinn* Hydrochloridum, ,, .}^ to \ „l'liiim« Act'ttw, „ i to I

6. Murpiiinsi' liydn>chloriduni, „6. Morpliino) Tartras, „

What is peculiar ahmit the Dose of Apontorphine, and wliat is

its Preparation ?

Dose by the mouth (^ to \ grain) is greater than the

dose by hypodennic injection (.^j^ to ^\j grain).

Its preparation is Injectio Apomorphinae Hypodermica,

1 per cent., dose 5 to 10 minims.

Describe its Uses.

It is the best official emetic, being certain, prompt, andpowerful. It does not irritate the stomach, but acts solely

on the vomiting centre in the mediJla, thus being anindirect emetic. It is also used to diminish the viscidity of

the sputum in chronic bronchitis.

fFhat Freparation has Morphince Acetas ?

Liquor Morphinae Acetatis, strength 1 j)er cent., dose 10

to 60 minims.

Enumerate the Preparations of Morphine Hydrochloride and

of the Tartrate.

Liquor Morphinae Hydrochloridi, 1 per cent., dose 10

to 60 minims.

Suppositoria Morphinae, each containing \ grain.

Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinae Composita, 1 per cent,

dose 5 to 15 minims.

Trochiscus Morphinae, each containing ^V grain.

Trochiscus Morphinae et Ipecacuanhse, each containing

A grai°-

The preparations of Morphine Tartrate are Injectio

Morphinae Hypodermica, '2b per cent., dose 5 to 10 minims.

Liquor Morphinae Tartratis, 1 per cent., dose 10 to 60minims.

Whai Advantages does Morphine possess over Opium^medicinally ?

1. Morjihia is more readily absorbed, therefore acts

quicker.

8

2. Morpliia is more suited for hypodermic use.

3. Morphia is less likely to upset the stomach.

(For action of Mor])hine vide Opium).

M^it.i.oH Uit i'ti^s of l)iaiiu>rphiiie Hydrochloride.

By prolonging inspiration, increasing the depth of re-

Bpifation, and depressing the respiratory centre, it allays

incessant dry cough.

It does not often produce the headache and otln r .hsa-

groeable effects which follow Morphine.

r<Ue the " Solanaceoua " AlkaloidaL Sidtn.

i. AuopinjB Sulphas, dose ^^ to^ grain.

•J. Iloraatropina) Hydrobromidum, „ f\ to ^ „

;i. Hyoscinte Hydrobromidum, „ ijJc to ^^ „

4. HyoscynmintB Sulphas, „ -s-Jtj to yov i>

What Preparation has Homatropine Hydrobroniide, and

what is Us Action t

I^mullce, each containing y^^y grain.

1 1 is used in ophthalmic work, and is similar to Atropine,

but its action on tlie eye is of shorter duration.

What is Set^ixUamine Hydrobromide t

It is Hyo.><. in. H \ tlrobromide.\

Mention the Uses of Hyoscyamine Sulphate.

It and Iho pn*ceding are employeil as cerebral depressants

in scute mania, delirium tremens, etc. Sco|»olaiiiine, com-

bined with morphine, is used hy|>odermically to diminish' ility in lalnmr, without interfering with uterine

us, pro<luoing the "Twilight Sleep."

What if Su^thtUe qf Eserine t

IMiysoetigniinie Sulphas, an alkaloidal salt ubtaintd finni

(^Inlnr Bt^iiiH, the seeds of Physostigma Veiieiiosum.

/) s-n'be the Artion^ <>/ P/ii/susfli/tni/if.

luteriially it i.s quickly ab-sorbed, and by stimulating the

terminations of secretory nerves, it increases glandular

secretions. It depresses the cardiac and respiratory centres,

but it exerts its influence mostly on the spinal cord, where,

by its action on the anterior comual cells, it inhibits reflex

activity.

JVhat Use has been numle of its Action on the Spinal Curd f

It has been used as an antidote for strychnine poisoning.

Hotc does it act on the Eye ?

It stimulates the third nerve, causing contraction of the

pupil, diminution of intra-ocular tension, and paralysis of

accomodation.

What ii its Antidote f

Atropine.

To ichat other Alkaloidal Salt is Atropine an Antidote f

Pilocarpinae Nitras.

drive the Source of Pilocarpine and also its Dose and Action.

Pilocarpus Microphyllus (jaborandi leaves). Its dose

J^ to I grain hypoderraically.

It is quickly absorbed and soon produces great salivation

by direct stimulation of the chorda tympani ; in the sameway by stimulating the nerves in the sweat glands, there is

profuse perspiration. By stimulating the cardiac vagal

terminals the heart is slowed.

What Effect has it on the Eye ami what are its Uses 7

There is great contraction of the pupil, increa.sed tension

of the eyeball, and distxirl^ance of vision.

It is used to remove efl'usions, dropsies, ascites, etc., in

10

kidney disease, the perspiration containing potash salts and

urua.

In diabetes insipidus it lessens the amount of urine.

In diab«}te« mellitus it checks the tliirst.

Name the Allcahndal fiults got from Cinchona SuccinJrra.

Quininte HydrochU»ridum, Dose 1 to 10 grains.

Quinine llydnxjhloridum Acidum, Do. do.

Quininae Sulphas, Do. do.

Oive the Preparations of Quinine Hydrochloride and the

Sulphate.

Tincturse Quinine, Dose ^ to 1 dram.

Vinuni Quininse, Dose | to 1 ounce.

Ferri et Quininse Citras, Dose 5 to 10 grains.

Pilula Quinine Sulphatis, Dose 2 to 8 f^'niins.

Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis cum Quininaet Strychnina, Dose ^ to 1 dram.

Tinctune Quinine Ammoniata, Do. do.

Deteribe the Actions of Quinine.

Any salt of quinine administered is converted, in the

stomach, into a chloride, and acts as a bitt«r and astomachic, l>eing readily 'aWrbed into the blood, where it

is held in solution us a carbonate. It .seems to have the

power of arresting tlie movements of the white corpuscles,

but has no eflect on the re«l corpuscles, and diminishes theoxygenation of the bloixl.

D€$crUie the Antipyretic Effed of Quinine.

It actt on the thermogenetio centres and reduces pyre.xia,

not by increMUig the loss, but by diminishing the pro-

duction of lieat.

MmUion tome of its L'see.

In malaria, to arrest the paroxysms, and as a preventive.To raduce temperatures.

Tn neumlgis, for hondacho and other ner\'ou« affections.

As a tonic, in small dos4\H.

11

Whit is " Cinchonism " f

It is a series of pliysiologieal symptoms, produced by a

iiirge or repeated small doses of quinine, and consists of

noises in the ears, partial deafness, indistinct vision, throb-

bing headache, loss of appetite, and nausea.

Give the Source, Dose, and Use of Pelktierinte Tannas.

It is a mixture of the alkaloids obtained from the bark

of the root and stem of Punica Granatum (Pomegranate).

Its dose is 2 to 8 grains, and it has a specific action on

the tapeworm acting as a vermicide.

How would you administer if ?

It should be given on an empty stomach, as it passes,

unchanged in the stomach, into. the intestine where sufficient

is dissolved to kill the parasite. It should be followed two

hours later by a purge.

Describe the Action of Diuretin {vide Caffeine).

It acts a.s a diuretic by exciting the renal epithelium.

GLUCOSIDES.

What is a Glucoside ?

It is a neutral crystalline compound, containing C.H.O.

which in the presence of water is decomposed by acids,

alkalies, or ferments into glucose and another substance,

different in each case.

Name the Official Glucosides.

Chr}'8arobin. Salicin. Santonin.

What is Chrysarohin and tchat are its Uses ?

It is a mixture of substances extracted from Arar..l;i bji

hot benzeu*'.

12

The official ointment is used for ringworm and psoriasis.

It is an irritant and stains everything it touches a yellowish

brown colour ; this stain may Ikj removed by a weak sohition

of caustic sodu.

Httw uH)uld you prevent it daining f

By mixing it with a solution of gutta percha.

State what you know abmU Satiein and {live its Dose.

It is a glucoeide obtained from various species of Salix

and of Populus. It is insoluble in acids and therefore it

DMses unchanged llu-oui^h the stomach, but is dissolved

by the alkaline secretions of the bowels, when it becomes

split up into Salicylic, Salicyluric, and Salicylous acids,

which probably become absorbed by the blood as Sodium

Salicylate. It is an antiseptic, and being excreted by the

kidneys, it acta as a urinary antiseptic. Its dose is 5 to

20 grains.

What i* Santonin t Gipe its Dme, Fse, and Mode of

Adminidraticm,

A glucoside obtained from Santonica, the dried unexfianded

flower-heads of Artemisia Maritinia. It is given in 1 to 3

grain doaea.

It is used as an Anthelmintic in cases of roundworm,Aacaris lambricoides, and is administered best with a small

quantity of castor oil, after a moderate fast, at bedtime, so

tliat the uiipl<*ajinnt optic symptoms, e.g. yellow vision, are

prevented.

What Effect ha* it on ThreatUcotws f

Am tbeae oaually infest the lower bowel, it is not to berelied on when given by the mouth, owing to ita absorption

in the higher Iwwel, but it may. be atlministered in the formof a «np|M»Hitory.

13

GUMS.What is a Gum t

It is an exudation from a plant and contains

—

(a) Arabin or soluble gum.

(6) Bassorin or partially soluble gum.(c) Cerasin or insoluble gum.

Name the Official Gums and their Uses.

Acaciae Gurarai.

Gummi Indicum.

Tragacantba.

To make the official mucilages, which act as demulcents,

but are chiefly used in dispensing, to suspend or emulsify

oils or other insoluble substances in aqueous mixtures.

RESINS.

What are Re.fins? Name those which are Ofiicial, giving

their Doses.

They are complex bodies, non-volatile, solid, brittle, andinsoluble in water. They are soluble in alkalies, forming

resin soaps. They may be formed by oxidation of volatile

hydro-carbons, or by distillation of oleo-resins.

1. Resina, no dose. 2. Guaiaci Resina, 5-15 grains.

3. Jalapse Kesina, 2-5 grains. 4. Kaladana* Resina, 2-8

grains. 5. PodophyUi Resina, \-\ grain. 6. Podophylli

Indici Kesina, ^1 grain. 7. Scammoniae Resina, 4-8 grains.

What is llesin ?

It is the residue left after distillation of oil of turpentine.

Mention the Sourer of Gnaiacum Resin and its Preparations.

It is obtained from the stem of Guaiacum Officinale.

Mistura Guaiaci. Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata. Tro-

chiscus Guaiaci Resin:e.

14

Htnc are the remaining Hegims oblained ?

A strong alcoholic tincture is prepared from the drug,

and on adding water to this the resin is precipitated. In

the case of Po<iophyllura Resin the water must be acidulated.

Compare their Atiion^.

Jalap is a hydragogue purgative, does not act untd it

reaches the duodenum, causes great secretion of intestinal

juice, slightly stimulates the intestinal muscular coat, andpurges in about four hours.

Scammony acts in a similar manner, but causes less

secretion of fluid and more muscular stimulation.

Kaladana acts similarly to Jalap.

Ptxlophyllum is a powerful gastro - intestinal irritant,

taking alwut ten hours to pui^e, and the motion, which is

liquid, is bile-stained.

Why it Tinrture of Guaiarum Ammoniated t

Jtecause Resins are soluble in alkalies, forming soaps,

otherwise the Ouaiacum Resin would have to be suspendedin the tincture.

What other Drugs are prepareil hh fhis Prinnjtief

Ammoniated Tincture "f Valtrian, and Decoction ofAloes.

GUMRESINS.

What is a Gnm-lienn and how is it affected 6y WaUr t

A natural exudation from a plant, and consisting chiefly

of gunt, resin, and a volatile oil. The gum is dissolved and8us|>uadp the insoluble resin in water.

Name th* OffieitU QunhBmns and Hate the Dose of each.

Ammoniaruro, 5 ti> 15 grains; Asafetida, 5 to 15 grains

;

Mt ..K. .• I.. I*. .'1 (li.tt

15

How tcould you distinguish them ?

Amiiioniacum is pale brown externally, milky white

internally, and has a faint non-alliaceous odour.

Asafetida is a dull yellow, and has a strong alliaceous

odour.

Myrrh is a reddish brown colour and has an aromatic

odour.

Wkiil i ir^i'-i.iiiii'fK nuo .iitiinoniacum and ichal is itn Action?

Mi.'stura Ammoniaci, dose i^ to 1 fluid ounce.

Expectorant and stimulant, being excreted by the bronchi.

Name the Prepanitions of Asafetida ami their Ufes.

Pil. Aloes et Asafetidap, dose 4 to 8 grains.

Spiritus Ammonia Fetidus, dose 20 to 90 minims.

Tinctura Asafetidae, dose | to 1 fluid dram.

Asafetida stimulates the muscular intestinal coat, expelling

flatu.s. It is also credited with beneficial effect in hysteria,

probably mental, owing to its nauseous qualities.

Name the Preparations of Myrrh and describe its Actions.

Tinctura Myrrhae, dose | to 1 dram.

Pil. Aloes et Mj'rrhae, dose 4 to 8 grains.

It increases the vascularity and peristalsis of the intestinal

tract, increases the number of blood leucocytes, is excreted

by the bronchial and genito-urinary mucous membranes,

and stimulates and disinfects their secretions.

OLEO-RESINS.

fFhat are Oleo-Resins ?

The products of oxidation of volatile oils, which, whendistille<l, split up into resins and volatile oils.

Name those that are Official.

Copaiba, dose ^ to I dram. Terebinthina Canadensis.

10

What are the Sourcs and Actions of Gopaiba ?

It is obtained by incision from the trunk of various

8j)ecie8 of Copaifera. It is quickly absorbed and excreted

by all the mucous membi-anes, which it stimulates, and is

therefore used as a stimulating disinfectant to the genito-

urinary tract. It is also used as an expectorant. Being

excreted by the skin also, it is liable, by its irritant effect,

to produce an erythematous rash.

How it Canada Balsam used f

Chiefly for its physical property of drying to form an

adhesive varnish. It enters into the prejmration of CoUodiumFlexile.

BALSAMS.

fFhat are BaUams and which are Official f

Mixtures of oleo-resins with Benzoic or Cinnamic Acids,

or with both.

lienzoinum or Gum Bet^ainin.

Balflamum Peruvianum,«do8e 5 to 15 minims.

Balsamum Tolutanum, dose 5 to 15 grains.

Styrax Pne{)aratu8.

Stale the Source and Characters of Benzoin.

It is obtained from the incise<l stem of Styrax Benzoin in

reddish-brown or gwyish-brown masses, brittle, but softeningwhen warmed. Similar in apiiearance to granite, it hasan agreeable nromatic odour.

Knumtrate iU I ,,^ni,,iU,.ni^.

Adejw lt<>nz(»atU8. S< \ urn Benzoatuui. Tinctura BenzoiniComposite). Acidum Benzoicum.

Contrast the Balsams of Peru and Toln.

Balsam of Peru is a natural exudation fniu the stem ofMyroxylon Pereira.

17

Balsam uf Toiu is a natural exuJatiou from the sleiu of

Myroxylon Toluiferum.

Balsam of Peru is a viscid liquid, like treacle, with a

balsamic odour.

Balsam of Tolu is a soft tenacious solid, becoming hardwhen old, and has a Imlsamic odour.

Balsam of Peru is chiefly used, externally, for indolent

sores and skin diseases.

Balsam of Tolu is only used as an expectorant.

Balsam of Peru has no official preparations.

Balsam of Tolu is used for making Syrupus Tolutanus

and Tinctura Tolutana.

What is Storcu ?

It is a brownish-yellow semi-fluid balsam obtained fromthe wounded trunk of Liquidambar Orientalis, being purified

by solution in alcohol. It has similar actions to the twopreceding balsams.

STEAROPTENES.

What are Siearoptenes and which are Ofictal ?

They are solidified volatile oils.

Camphora, dose 2 to 5 grains.

Menthol, dose A to 2 grains.

Thymol, dose ^ to 2 grains. As an anthelmintic, dose

15 to 30 grains.

Detcribe the Source and Characteristics of Camphor.

It is obtained from Cinnamomum Camphora and purified

by sublimation. It is a white crystalline substance in solid

translucent masses, or in rectangular tablets ; very toughand hard to powder, unless a few drops of alcohol are

added. It has a powerful odour and bitter taste, floats onwater, burns readily, and sublimes entirely when heated.

If mixed with either chloral hydrate, carbolic acid, menthol,

or thymol, it forms a thick liquid.

u

18

Knumeratc it ftions mth their Doses.

Aqua Camphone, «lose 1 U) 2 ozs. Linimentura Camphone.

Liniiuentum Caiuphorae Ammoniatum.Spiritus Camphorw, dose 5 to 20 minims.

Tinctura Cnmphorac Comi)osita, dose ^ to 1 dram.

What other Preparations contain Camph'

All the official liniments except Croton, i>iiii<,Ammonia,

and Potassium Iodide.

Uugucntum Hydrargyri Com[K>situm.

Describe the Action of Camphor.

It is a mild gastric stimulant, is quickly absorbed, and is

excreted in an altered form in the urine. It is a direct and

reflex cardiac stimulant. It is a mild diaphoretic, being

excreted by the skin Ui a slight extent. It acts variably

on tlio nervous system ; in some jmtients a small dose will

cause exhilaration, whilst others may lie depressed. Applied

externally, it causes a slight local anaesthesia.

What is Menthol ami what are its Preparation and Action f

A crystalline substance obtained by cooling the oil dis-

tilled from the fresh herb of Mentha Ar\'ensis. Has an

(Mlour of ]>ep)>ermint and is always moist from adhering oil.

Empla«trum Menthol.

Applic<l e.vtornally, it causes local antestheiiia. I

seldom U8e<l internally.

Mention the Source ami Action of Thymol.

I". 'Ill the volatile oils of Thymus Vulgaris, Monardal'mi'')iia, ami Ciinim (yopticum.

It 18 UDcd ext<>rnnlly as an antiseptic and anti{>arasitic.

When administered in large doses for AnkylcKStoma Duodenale,

it should ])« some ttnte after the inU^stines have l)oe-n emptiedby a smart purge, and, to prevent its aboorption, should begiven in an oily or fatty substance, or followed in hix hoursIty a dote of OMtor oil which will expel the killed })araMite:i.

19

OILS.

Give a Classijication of the Official Oils.

1. Fixed oils. 2. Fats. 3. Volatile oils.

What are Fats ?

Tliey are fixed oils which are solid at onlinary tempera-

tures, and, if extracted by ex4)i'essioii, sufficient heat to

melt them must be employed. Examples—Oleum Theo-

bromati.'^, Adev- P-"' -initus.

Contrast the / ' Volatile Oils.

Fixed Oils—(a) Obtained from animal or vegetable kingdoms by

expression and, if possible, without heat.

(Ji) Compounds of fatty acids with glyceryl.

(r) Form soaps with caustic alkalies or metallic oxides

and give glycerin as a bye-product.

('/) Insoluble in water, but soluble in^lcohol, chloro-

form, or ether.£>w L/, tt>,

(e) All lighter than water.

(/) Leave a permanent stain on paj)er.

{g) Have not an aromatic o<iour.

(ft) Contdiii oleic, jmlmitic, and stearic acids.

VoLATiLB Oils—(a) Obtained from the vegetable kingdom by dis-

tillation.

(fc) Compounds of hydrogen and carbon.

(c) Do not form soaps with caustic alkalies nor

metallic oxides.

{(1) Practically insoluble in water, but soluble in

alcohol, chloroform, or ether.

(e) Lighter than water, except the oils of cinnamon,cloves, and mustard.

(/) Do not leave a i)ermanent stain on i)ai)er.

{g) Possess an aromatic odour.

{h) Contain alcohol, aldehydes, and phenol deriva-

tives."

20

Name, mt/i lkm$, the Fucvd OiL-^ h,,ri,uj ,< I'nnintin' A<-fion.

Oleum AruvKfialw, no dose stated. Oleum Ciotx)ni8, \ to

1 minim, oieum Oliva;, no dose stoted. Oleum Ricini,

1 to 8 drams.

Conirait their Artioim.

Olive Oil retards the How df gastric juice, and thus acts

as a i»rotective to gastric ulcers, which would 1m' irritated

by the acid of the gastric juice. It i.s a g(M)d mild laxative,

stimulating the intestinal jK'ristalsis, and increasing the

biliary flow.

Almond Oil acts in a similar manner.

Croton Oil is a jxtwerful irritant, greuily increasing the

vascularity of the gastric and intestinal mucous membranes,

and increasing intestinal secretions. Its action, accomimnied

by much griping, begins in the stomach ; the bowels are

opened in an hour or two, the motions Ijeing very fluid and

often containing blood.

Castor Oil begins its action in tlic ilii.Mltnum, causes nogripiii" Hii.l nets in about live hours.

What u UUum JUorrliWf, <tnd irfieti diould it not be ad-

ministered t

Cod liver oil expressed from the fresh liv( r of the cod-fish.

In cases of pyrexia, hiemoptysis, dysi>e{)6ia, and diarrhoea.

Oire the Actiont of Volatile Oils generally.

Used externally, they cause considera))le vas<-idar dilata-

tion, first causing a sensation of tingling and pain, which is

followed by antosthesia of the jiart to which they are applied.

When rubbe<l into the skin they act as stimuliint.s andmltefacients. Used internally, they dilate the ve.><M'ls of the

mucous mi'uibmnes they c(»me in contact with, the result

l)eing )«tinuilation of the glsnds, e.ij. incroasetl salivation andexcitation «•( giu«lric sit-n-tion. They al8<» diminish excessive

and irreguliir iH>ti>talsi.-i, and by .sliniulating the gastric

nerven they act m reflex cardiac stimulants.

21

What iis the usual Doge of V^olatile Oils, and tchich art the

Exceptions f

1 to 3 minims.

The exceptions are :

—

01, Copaibse, 5-20 minims. 01. Cubebae, 5-20 minims.

01. Gaultheriae, 5-15 minims. 01. Santali, 5-30 minims.

01. Terebinthinae Rect., 2-10 minims. As an

anthelmintic, 3-4 dran[is.

Mention the Preparations of Oil of Turpentine.

Linimentum Terel>intliincr' ; Linimentum Terebinthinae

Aceticum.

Hov; is Oil of Turpentine obtained ?

It is distilled from the oleo-resin (crude turpentine) which

exudes from various species of Pinus, and is subsequently

rectified.

Mention twne of its Characteristics, and give its Actions,

external and internal.

It becomes oxilisiil i.n exposure to air, and is then

converted into an oleo-resin. It will dissolve resin, wax,

phosphorus and sulphur.

Externally.—It causes local vascular dilatation, acting as

a ruljefacient, and if applied repeatedly it acts as a vesicant.

Internally—In the stomach it dilates the vessels, increases

gastric secretion, and reflexly stimulates the heart. In the

intestines it has a similar effect, les-sens griping and expels

ga.s, but if administered in large doses it causes severe

vascular dilatation and leads to purging with haemorrhage,

hence its u.se as a vermicide, in 2 to 4 dram doses, is

attended with danger.

What E^ect has it an the Genito-urinary Tract f

Scanty doses may lead to severe lumbar pain, irritation of

the urinary passages, difficulty in micturition, albuniinuria,

and haematuria, and for these reasons it should never be

given in coiH-s ..f nt'iiluitis.

22

In what Casen of PoiMminrj is it uned ?

It i- .111 aiitiil'ii- to phosphorus.

What is OH of Wintergreen t

Oleum Gaultheriae,

Methyl Salicylus is an artificial oil of wintergreen. Dose,

5-15 minims.

IFhat is 01. Phosphoratum ?

It is a true 1 per cent solution of phosphonis in almond

oil, and has a doee of 1-5 minims.

INSPISSATED JUICES.

What is an Iiisj>isgated Juice, and which are Official?

It is a juice obtained from a plant by incision, and

jiIIowimI U) eva[M)rate to dryness by exposure to the air.

The official juices are:—Aloe. Bute* Guninii. Kino.

Kino Eucalypti, Opium.

'/le Sourt» ami Dom of Aloe, and it» Charaeiers.

Tlie iHspiasated juice of Aloe Chinensis, Aloe Perryi andother species.

I >ose, 2-6 grains.

It <»ccur» in Imnl, yellowiwh-brown or dark-brown masses,

witli tt rbanutiTistii- iMlour and extremely bitter taste.

What oth»y >n -'. .,re, like it?

Ituaincuiit iLr.-m antl .ialap lii>sin, but these are not bitter.

Name Ms Artitr Vrinnide oj Aloe*, ami yive it* PrefMrations.

Al«»in, d»»»»e A-2 k"**""- Kxtrwet. Ahn^s, dc>«e 14 gratiis.

l>(T(Ktuui AKjfs Colli iHwitum, dose ^-2 ounces. I'd. Aloes,

dueo i-B grains. Til. Ahws et Asafetidff, dose 4-y grains.

23

Pil. Aloes et Ferri, <l«>.se 4-8 grains. Pil. Aloes et Myrrhie,

lose 4-8 grains. Pil. Colocynthidis Composita, dose 4 8

grains. Pil. Q>locynth. et Hyoscyami, dose 4-8 grains. Pil.

Rhei Co., dose 4-8 grains, Tinctura Benzoini Comp., dose

h-l dram. Extractum ColocjTithidis Comp. dose 2-8 grains.

Describe the Action of Aloes.

It is a slow purgative, usually taking from fifteen to

twenty hours to act. It exerts its influence on the colon,

stimulating its muscular coat, and produces little influence

in the small intestine, except to increase the rate of the flow

of bile. It may give rise to griping by causing irregular

muscular contractions in the colon, and is thus best ad-

ministeretl with a carminative, which will be noticed in all

its ofiicial pills. It will also increase the menstrual flow,

and should not be administered in pregnancy.

Name the OficitU Varieties of Kino and their Sources.

1

.

Buteae Gummi—Bengal Kino—from the stem of Buteae

Frondosa. I>ose, 5-20 grains.

2. Kino—from the trunk of Pterocarpus Marsupium.Dose, 5-20 grains.

3. Kino Eucalypti—from the stem of various species of

Eucalypttis. Dose, 5-20 grains.

2f.B.—Kino is insoluble in water. Eucalyptus Kino is

soluble.

What is the Active Principle of Kino ?

Kino-tannic Acid, to which it owes its astringent pro-

perties.

Name the Kino Preparations with their Doses.

Pulvis Kino Compositus, 5-20 grains. Tinctura Kino,\-\ dram. Pulvis Catechu Compositus, 10-60 grains.

Trochiscus Kino Eucalypti.

Mention the Source of Opium^ and describe its Characters.

It is obtained by incision from unripe capsxiles of whitepoppy—Papaver Somniferum. It is found in rounded

24

irregular masses, plastic, moist and reddish-brown when

fresh, hut heconies harder and darker when kept. Most

specimens show some leaf. When dried and iwwdered it

must yield from 95 to 10'5 per cent, morphine.

Name some of the Alkaloids of Opium.

Mori)hine, Codeine, Thebaine, Xarcotine, Papaverine,

Laudaninc, Pseudomorphine, Meconidine, etc.

Name two Organic Adds fouiui in it,

Meconic Acid, Thebolactic Acid.

6'iV fhe Dose of Opium, a7id name, icith Strength, its Official

lAquid Preparations.

^ to 2 grains.

Per oent. Doee.

Extractum Opii Liquidum, contains '75 Morphine, 5-30 min.

Tiuctura Opii „ 1 „ 6-30 min.

TincturaCamphorseCompositse „ -05 „ ^-1 dr.

Tinctura Opii Ammoniata „ •!,, \- 1 dr.

LininR>ntuni Opii ,, '5

Nam*', with Streiujth, tlf Otjirial Dry Preparations of Opium.

Per cent. Doae,

Extractum Opii Siccum, contains 20 Morphine, i* 1 gr.

Pilula Ipecacuanhn ciun Scilla „ '5 „ 4- 8 gr.

„ „ Urginea „ 6 „ 4- 8 gr.

PlumVii cum Opio „ 12 „ 2- 4 gr.

Sa|H)ni8 ComiKjsita „ 2 ,, 2-4 gr.

I'ulvis Crete Aroniaticus c.opio „ -25 10-60 gr.

„ IpccacuanhffiConi|Kt8itus„ 1 5-15 gr.

Kino Corapositus ,, -5 5-20 gr.

„ * >i>u Compositus ,, 1 „ 5 15 gr.

8up|iositoria Plumbi Cumposita, contain each *! gr. Mori)hino.Ungiientum GnWm cum Opio, contains -75 per cent. Morj>hine.

Unguentum M}'r«U)aIani cum Opio, contains '75 ^ter cent.

Morphine.

Detrribe the Action of Opium an the AUmentanj Canal.

It diminishes gastric and intestinal secretions, paralyses

the peristaltic action of the bowels, and relieves pain. For

these reasons it is liable to cause constipation and indigeetion.

What t* its Effect on the Nervous System ?

In small doses there is, at first, excitation of the higher

faculties, consisting of an animated expression, feeling of

comfort, elevation of spirits and excited imagination, but

the faculties of reason and judgment are a little confused.

This is followed by depression, torpidity, and sleep, ^vith

impossible, but pleasant, dreams ; subsequently aU responses

to sound, light, touch, or pain are abolished. The motor

cells of the spinal cord are, at first, slightly stimulated, but

Ston become depressed, and reflex movements are greatly

diminished.

State the Precautions necessary in administering Opium for

Coughs.

It depresses the respiratory centre and so alleviates

coughing, but it is only justifiable when the cause of the

cough is due to irritation by an intra-thoracic growth or

aneurysm, or in pleurisy without lividity, as it is also a

cardiac depressant. It should never be given in the last

stages of bronchitis and pneumonia.

What are some of the Uses of Opium ?

1. In fevers where the pupils are dilated, and there are

present sleeplessness, restlest^ness, delirium, etc. In these

cases the brain is usually anaemic

—

e.g. in typhoid fever.

2. In localise<l inflammatory affections, to reduce pain and

spasm and check mucous discharges, as in peritonitis, pleurisy,

cystitis (along with calomel).

3. In non-inflammatory brain afiections

—

e.g. mania ; must

not be given in inflammation of the brain-substance, as it

might produce haemorrhage and coma.

4. In diabetes it is said to lessen the amount of sugar

excreted. It must not be given in acute or chronic

2r,

inflaiuination.s «»f the. ki<l«K'y, as it decreases tlic excretory

function of the kidney, and the urinary constituents and

opium are therefore retained in the blood, and poisoning

occurs.

5. In liaeraorrhages, with restlessness and tossing—usually

given along with acetate of lead or gallic acid, as a

hsmostatic.

6. Retention of faeces—intestinal obstruction, ileus, twists,

spasmodic contractions, intussusceptions, etc., esj^ecially in

the ileum;give in large doses for a few days. It is also

a valuable agent in diarrhoeas.

7. In ulcers, callous and varicose, in old people of weak

iunstitution ; in recent ulcers of old i)er8ons surrounded by

much inflammation.

8. In {minful conditions generally ; l)est hypodermically

to avoid gastric disturbance, esi)ecially in women. Hypnotic

and anodyne.

9. In cardiac diseases, especially aortic valvular lesions,

with great dyspnoea and "anginous symptoms."

W'fiat are thf Diffcrerwen in Action heticeen Morphine andOjriurn f

I . .Morphine is more readily alisorbed and is suitable for

hyiKxlerraic injections.

'2. Opium is liable to deran;.;c the dij^t-'tioii and cause

conHti{)ation.

3. Opium act,** as a diaphoretic.

I. MMrpliitir j. a iiinic ccrtiiiti anodyne.

Which IWiHirtUion of Ofnum in tu»eil as a Diaphoretic?

Dover's I'owdrr (Ptilv. Tpocac. Co.).

Coninwt the AiinmK o; Atropine aiul Morphine.

Atropine is niydriutio, M(»q>hine is myotic.

Atrt)pino is anhi<lit>tic, Morphine is diaphorftic.

Atropine^ Htimnlali-s tlii> n'spiratory centrt% Morphine dc-

pl-C^Hfr* it

Atropine .stiiiiiilii* ......i,....! ,.....^.,.i.>i;..,,^ Nf -vphine

Uepn'tiscs them.

Atropine 8timulat<*s iieri.-*! umis, Morpmne ijecrviusc^ it.

21

DRUGS OBTAINED FROM ANIMALKINGDOM.

W/tat is CantharuUnum ?

It is a colourless, inodorous, crystalline substance, obtained

from various species of Cantharis (Spanish Fly), by extrac-

tion with chloroform.

Name its Preparations.

Acetum Cantharidini, '05 per cent.

Emplastruni Calefaciens, '02 per cent, (warming plaster).

Emplastrum Cantharidini, '2 per cent.

Liquor Epispasticus, '4 per cent.

Collodium Vesicans, 4 per cent.

Tinctura Cantharidini, 01 jter cent.

Unguentum Cantharidini, "033 per cent.

Name a good Solvent for Cantharidin.

Acetone, which is the solvent used in Liquor Epispasticus.

What is Acetum Cantharidini chiefly used fori

As the basis of many preparations to stimulate hair

growth.

Name some Instances in which Cantharidin is used externally.

In pleurisy, in pericarditis, in neuralgia, placed over the

nerve. In joints with chronic effusion. In mastoid disease.

Describe the External Action of Cantharidin.

When applied to unbroken skin, no effect is noticed for

two or three hours, then its irritant action begins by causing

a tingling, burning pain. In another hour or so its rube-

facient action is evident by local vascidar dilatation, the

next stage being the formation i>i' vesicles, which coalesce

to form a large serous bleb; llu whole action being com-

pleted in from eight to ten hours.

28

Deitcrilte flie Infprnnl .I >//,>,/ <>/ ('(lutharidin.

Although the tincture has an official doae of from 2

to 5 minims, the drug is seldom used internally. It pro-

duces severe gastro-intestinal irritation, and when absorbed

into the blood, causes great pain in the loins, followed bya desire to micturate, the urine being small in quantity andcontaining blood and albumin.

What Precautions are necessary when blistering tcilh

Cantharidin 1

After formation of the bleb tlie «lrug should be removed80 that it may not be absorbed. It should not be useil in

renal disease. It should not be applied to a part on which

the i)atient lies. It should not be applied to paralysed

limbs.

What U Cochineal f

It is the dried fecundated insect C<x^cus Cacti, which is

of a pur])lis)i gr«y colour, and when pulverized produces a

dark red powder. It is used only as a colouring agent.

Which Preparatioru contain it ?

The compound tinctures of cardamoms and cinchona.

(N.B.—Fowler's solution does not contain it.)

What M Cetoi'eum ami in which Preparation is it used t

It is 8|H'rmacoti, a solid wax obtainJHl from the si^rmwhale. It is empluywl in the preparation of UnguentumCetacei, which is used an an emollient.

Describe Oelatinum and mention its I*reparations.

It in the air drietl product of the action of Iwiling wateron skill, tendons lij^amentK, niid )M)n«8.

It is used in pn?|Miring Suj>i»os«iuiria Glycerini and all theI^niellie.

29

What is Fel Booinniii I'tniii'iiluin and what is the Dose and

A^tiou ?

Purified Ox Bile, o])tained by evaporating fresli ox bile

to one quarter its bulk, washing with alcohol,* distilling oil'

the alcohol, and evaporating what remains to the consistence

of an extract.

Its dose is 5 to 15 grains.

When al)sorbed, it passes to the liver, increasing its

secretion, and acting as a true cholagogue.

WhcU is SaccharuiK /, // /

It is a crystallized sugar obtained from the whey of milk,

and is used chiefly as a diluent.

Desrrifie Oleum Morrhu" ? ^ 'jive its Action.

It is a fixed oil obtained by expression at a heat not

exceeding 84°C., from the liver of the cod, Gadus Morrhua.

As it contains more free fatty acids than other oils, it

saponifies and emulsifies more readily, thus allowing of rapid

absorption. It is also easily oxidised, and this, in conjunc-

tion with its rapid absorption by the tissues, render it an

excellent fat former.

\\'/nif /.< Ahenalinum, ait'l '/hat are its Preparaticm awl

Action?

It is a light brown or nearly white powder obtained from

the medullary portion of the suprarenal glands of animals.

Its preparation is Liquor Adrenalini Hydrochloricus, 1

per cent., dose 10 to 30 minims.

In its action on the circulatory system, it briefly stimulates

the accelerator nerve fibres of the heart, thus accelerating

the heart's action, but this is quickly followed by indirect

stimulation of the vagal centre, and the heart is slowed

;

at the same time, by direct action on the cardiac muscle,

the force of systole is increased. The small arteries are

constricted by direct action on nerve endings iu the muscular

coat, and this, combined with the cardiac action, causes

30

j^reat rise of blood pressure. These effects are of very short

duration.

Wlicn applied externally, in cases of hcemorrhage, its

powerful local vasoconstrictor action renders it an excellent

hemostatic.

What « Curd Soap ?

Sapo Animalis. It is stearate of sodium, and is made

with sodium hydroxide and a purifie«l animal fat (oii istiiit:

)>rin«'ipnlly <>f Stearin.

117,/,-// ..//,. ' OtVidal?

SiijM) Dun 'limn Oleate, obtained from Olive Oil

and Caustic S..! i.

Sa|K) Mollis or I'oUissium Oleate, obtained from Olive Oil

and Caustic Potash.

What PreparaiionB are obtained from the Sheep f

Sevum Preparatum, Adeps Lame, Pepsinum, Thyroideuui

Siccum.

Suet (Sevum Pr»par»tuni) is obtained by purifying tlie

internal abdominal fat of the sheep.

How in Wool Fat obtained t

By purifying the fat of sheep's wool freed from water.

Lanolin is Wool Vnt with whioli 30 per cent. IIjO is

incor[><)rat«id.

What iW an Knzyme t

It is a chemical ferment with proteolytic action.

Pe|Minum is an enzyme obtained from the fresh andhealthy sUtmach of the sheep, pig, or calf. Dose 5 to 10

gmius.

IfoM it any Prf/Htratinn, and hmc tthoutd it Ite OfiniiniMerfdt

Glycerinum Pepeini, 10 \rer cent, done 1 to 2 drams.

31

It should Ije given directly after meals and followed hyu dose of hydrochloric acid, as it only acts in an acid

solution, and is thus employed as a digestive adjuvant.

W/uU cauttejt Milk to curdle in the Stomach ?

An enzyme "Rennin," present in the gastic juice.

Describe ThyrouJeum Siccum.

Tlie fresh and healthy thyroid gland of the sheep, pre-

j)ared by removing the fat and connective tissue from the

gland, directly the sheep is killed ; all cystic and hyper-

tropliied glands are rejected, and the residue is dried,

minced, and powdei-ed, liein;:; subsequently purified bywashing with petroleum spirit and drying again. Theactive principle is Thyroiodin which contains Iodine andPhosphorus.

Whai is the Dose of Thyroid Gland arul what is its Action f

i to 4 grains.

When administered internally, it greatly increases the rate

of the pulse, causes palpitation, enfeebles the cardiac beat,

and flushes and moistens the skin. It leads to increased

oxidation of all tissues, and being excreted by kidnej's,

there is an excess of urea, uric acid, and phosphates in the

urine.

What is its Effect in M>i.r.>'!- ,nu ?

This is a disease in which the functions of the thyroid

gland are in abeyance, or the gland may be atrophied, andon administering Thyroid Gland, all the symptoms disappear

in a few weeks, but the administration must be continuedduring the patient's life.

Give the Preparations obtained from the Bee {Apis melliji'-i

Mel Depuratum, Cera Alba, Cera Flava.

Mention the Preparations obtained from the Piy {Sus serofa).

Adeps preparatus, Liquor Pancreatis, Pe|)sinum.

32

\['h(tt /it Lit/uor Panrreatis, and what i,< if.-' Dose and

ChetntaU I-Yopertiei^ ?

It is an alcoholic solution of the fresh pancreas of the pig,

l)eing most active when the animal has been fed shortly

before Iniing killed.

One to two fluid drams.

In the presence of alkalies it converts starch into sugar,

all»uniin and fibrin into peptones. It "ill not act in an

acid medium, in>r at a U-mpeniture higher than 47° C

How u Milk Pejitonined f

Dilute one pint of milk, heated to 38^ C, with five

ounces of tepid water, and keeping it at this temperature,

add two drains of Liquor Pancreatis and twenty grains of

HicirlK>nat« of Sodium. Maintain the temperature for half-

iin liotir, then transfer to a cold place until rc<|uireil.

VEGETABLE MATERIA MEDICA.

What two entire Plants are OJicial

f

('hirotta, which is the dried plant Swertia Chirata.

Lolielia. which is the drie<l flowering herb Lol)elia Inflata.

Mention a Prcidiarity of Chiretta, ami give its Preparationt.

It contains no tannin, and thus can be prescribed withiron.

ItA prvparutions are-

>8e J t<» 1 tl

luid dram.

IntiiMum ('himt«e, K\om k U* I fluid ounce.

Tiiietum Chiiatjp, »l<>.s.. i i.. 1 fluid

How uvuid you recwmife Ix>Mia, and irhat Preparaiiimhiia it t

llio stems are channelltHl and a purple colour, with small

twivrelUnl inflated c«iM«ule8 containing Drown seeds.

Tincture Lubelite /Ktherea, do«e 5 to 15 minims.

33

/« Lobelia a Safe Drug to use!

No. It is a powerful gastro-intestinal irritant, often

causing complete prostration ; the heart is first stimulated,

then soon l)ecomes depressed, irregular, and feeble, these

effects being due to paralysis of nerve ganglia.

What u it chiefly used fort

The tincture is used in asthma to relax the muscular

coat of the bronchial tubes, but large doses must be em-

ployed and these are not to be recommended.

ROOTS.

ACONITUM NAPELLUS.

How would you recognise Aconite Root f

Tapering, dark brown colour, marked with scars of broken

rootlets, and crowned with remains of an undeveloped bud.

Taste at first slight but soon followed by tingling and

numbness.

How would you distinguish it from Horseradish Root ?

Aconite is conical, shorter, and darker; taste-sensation

characteristic.

What Alkaloids are present in Aconite Hoot J

Aconitine, Aconine, Benzaconine.

Mention its Preparations^ and describe its Actions on the

various Systems.

Linimeutum Aconiti ; Tinctura Aconiti. Dose, 2 to 5

minims.

Circulatory.—Stimulates vagus centre, steadying ami

34

slowing tlie cardiac beat, and reducing the force and tension

of the pulse.

Respiratory.—Respiration steadied and slowed, expira-

tion prolonged.

Nervous.—When applied locally depresses activity of

peripheral nerve endings, thus relieving pain.

TuEKMOUENETic.—Roduces temperature by its action on

the circulation and respiration, and acts as a diaphoretic.

COCHLEARIA ARMORACIA.

Jinn mill/'/ i/oit rf'riK/ni.o Oilirial HorseradMi Kootf

It iiiu.-t I'c frtsh. Is a pale yellow externally, wlntisli

internally. Taste very pungent. Inotlorous unless when it

is scraped.

Hca it any Preparation^ and what are it* Uses ?

Spiritus ArmoracisB Compositus. Dose, 1 to 2 drams.

Ustnl chiefly as a condiment, similar to mustard.

ATROPA BELLADONNA.

Detxrihe t?ie Appearance of Belladonna Root.

Externally |>ale greyish-brown, internally white. Longi-

tudinally wrinkled ami Immched, and may be entire or

longitudinally split.

Hoie fcoulft yon riisfljnnii.-h it frum Scaminony Roott

Scamnioti} shrivelled, and contorted.

Wh(U are th> < haloids o/ Belladonna Root t

Atropine Hyoscyamine.

What is the only I*re])araHon mach front the Root t

Extrartuni l(<>liadonni(> Liquiduni, containing "16 per

coDt. alkaloids

35

Enumerate, icitfi strengths, the Preparations of this Extract.

Eraplastruni IJelladonnae, '25 per cent, alkaloids.

Liuimentum Belladonnae, "375 per cent, alkaloids.

Unguentiun BeUadonnse, "6 per cent, alkaloids.

Suppositoria Ilelladonnse, each containing -^^ grain alkaloids.

On what does Belladonna depend for its Action ?

Atropine (q.v.).

JATEORHIZA CALUMBA.

Describe Calumba Root and mention I'fs Alkaloid.

Transversely cut, flat, circular slices, which are centrally

depressed, with a A\Tinkled brown cork, and a thick cortex,

marked with radiating lines and separated from the centre

by a fine dark line.

Its alkaloid is Berberine.

In what respect does Calumba resemble Chiretta, awl ic/iat

are its Pn-jxtrafions ?

It contains no Tauuin.

Infusum Calumbae, dose ^to 1 oz.

Tinctura Calumbse, dose f to 1 dram.

Describe the Action of ('aluml>a.

It acts as a digestive adjuvant, by stimulating the gustatory

nerves and so increasing the flow of saliva. It is a typical

bitter.

PSYCHOTRIA IPECACUANHA.

How toould you recognise Ipecacuanha Root f

It occurs in sliort twi.««ted pieces with a thick browncortex, marke«l by a great nuiulipr of chjsely applied aiuiular

ridges. The central ixu-tion i> white. The cortex contains

the attive priutiples.

36

Enumerate its Alkaloidg.

Emetine. Cephoeline. Psychotrine.

Oive the Official Directiowt regarding the Powdered Root andits I)OM.

It must be adjusted, by addition of milk sugar, till it

c<intains 2 per cent, of alkaloids.

As au expectorant ^ to 2 grains. As an emetic 15 to

30 grains.

Name the Ipeearuanfia Preparatione containing Opium or

Morphine.

I'ulvis I)>ecacuanha3 Conipositus (Dover's Powder), 10 per

cent, opium, close 5-16 grains.

Pilula Ii>ecacuanh(e cum Scilla, 5 per cent, opium, dose

4 to 8 grains.

Pilula IpecacuanhsB cum Urginea, 5 per cent opium, dose

4 to 8 grains.

TnK-hisous Morphinie et Ipecacuanhae, each contains ^grain Mnri)h. Hydrochlor.

What othtr PrftjHirafiona are there t

Extractum Iiiecacuanhaa Liquidum, 2 per cent, alkaloidti,

dow j^t<> 2 mins.

Vinum I))eoacuan)ue, '1 i)er cent, alkaloids, dose 10 to

30 mins., 4 to 6 drams (emetic).

TmcluMrus I|H>('acuanlue.

JJeterifM' Ihi- Alimentary Adicn of Iiteeaeuanha.

In small doses it increases salivary tlow, dilat«'8 thegastric vossels, and stimulates gastric secretion. In large

dow's it acts as a giwtric irritant, Uah directly, and indirectly

by stimulating Uie medullary vomiting centi-e. It«< irritant

effect is continued in the intestine, and diarrhoea results.

It act* as a H|HHilic in aniopbir dysentery, because emetine is

u poison to llip anurlio, but it is better to inje<t, intra-

muscularly, small i1mh«'> t»f tMiittiiir hydrochloride, than to

37

give large dt)es of powdered ipecacuanhu, ;is the latter

cannot always be tolerated.

II7/rt/ itt ifs EfiWf on the Respiratory Systmi ?

Re8()iration is unaffected, but if enough is taken it is

excreted by the bronchial inucons ini'iiilnane, causing

increased secretion of bronchial mucus and so stimulating a

reflex cough.

Which PrejHirafion of Ipecacuanha arts as a Diaphoretic ?

Dover's Powder (Pulv. Ipecac. Co.), dose 5 to 15 grains.

IPOMCEA PURGA.

What are the Fhyneal Characters of Jalap and itc chief

Constituent 1

Irregularly oblong or ovoid, hard tubercles about the size

of a pigeon's egg.

Dark brown and furrowed externally ; dirty yellow

internally.

Jalap resin, of which it should contain 9 to 11 per cent.

{'•J'/e RESISS).

Give the. Dose of Jalap awl name if.i Preparations.

5 to 20 grains.

Its preparations are

—

Pulvis .Jalapae Comix)situ8, dose 10 to 60 grains.

Tinctura Jalapae, dose J to 1 dram.

Tinctura Jalapae Composita, dose ^ to 1 dram.

Pulvis Scammonii Compositus, dose 10 to 20 grains.

What is peculiar about the Simple Tinrtvri' anil ttio Active

Principle of the Resin ?

It is standardised to contain 15 per cent, of the resin.

The active principle is a glucoside called Convolvulin.

38

IPOMCEA TURPETHUM.

What Part of Turpeth U meil and n-hat Preparation

contains it ?

The dried root and stem.

It is found in Tinctura Jalapae ComiMwita.

Mention its Actions.

Similar to Jalaj) and due to a glucoside resembling

Convolvulin.

CONVOLVULUS SCAMMONIA.

Deserilte Sravimony Root.

Externally it is greyish brown ; internally, pale grey or

white. It is cylindrical in shape, enlarged at the upper end,

bearing remains of aerial ."terns. Shrivelled, contorted and

longitudinally furrowed.

What othtr Root ri'S»'mb/es it f

Belladonna ((/•')•

IPOMCEA ORIZABENSIS.

Are there other Name* for Iponufa Roof f

Orizaba Jalap Root. Me.xican Seammony Root.

What is the Source of Seammony Resin an// //

Principle t

Ipomcea or Seammony roots.

Jalapin, which is a glucoside, dose ^ grain.

Describe the Action of Seammony amf Jalap Roots t

They are drastic purgatives, re<|uiring bile for their action

{vide Resins).

39

KRAMERIA ARGENTEA VEL TRIANDRA.

\\'li((t in Rhatnuii Root?

The dried root of Kraineria argentea = Para Rhatany, or

the dried root of Krameria triaiidra = Peruvian Rhatany.

D&fcribe the Ajipearance and Character of each.

Para Rliatany is purplish brown with smooth, thick })ark,

which is closely adherent to the wood, and has deep cracks.

Peruvian Rhatany is dark reddish-brown, with rough thin

bark which is loosely adherent to the wood and is scaly.

Both are astringent to taste, and tinge the saliva red.

What is the Coinjiosition and Action of Rhatany ?

Rhatanhia-tannic acid 20 per cent. Rhatanhia red.

Powerfully astringent due to tannic acid.

Enumerate the Preparations.

Extractum Krameriie, dose 5 to 15 grains.

Infusum Krameriae, dose | to 1 ounce.

Pulvis Catechu Conipositus, dose 10 to 60 grains.

Tinctura Krameriae, dose |^ to 1 dram.

Trochiscus Krameriae, each contains 1 grain of extract.

Trochischu.s Krameriae et Cocainse each contains ^^ grain

Cocain. Hyd.

GLYCYRRHIZA GLABRA.

What is Liquorice Root ?

It is the peeled root and peeled subterranean stem of

Glycyrrhiza Glabra.

What other Roots resemble it f

Pyrethrum and Taraxacum whicli taste bitter.

40

Give the Chief Congtituents and the PreparcUions of

Liquorice.

Glycynliizin and Asparagin. Its preparations are

—

Extiactum Olycyrrhizfe. ExtracturaGlycyrrhizseLiquiduni.

Pnlvis rrlycyrrhizje Compositus, dose 60 to 120 grains.

What are the Uses of Liquorice ?

It is an excellent demulcent for coughs, a mild aperient,

and heliw to cloak the unpleasant taste of many nauseous

drugs.

ANACYCLUS PYRETHRUM.

What is the other Name of Pyrethrum Root and what Root

Joes it resemide f

Pellitory Root.

It resembles Taraxacum which is darker and has not a

burning taste.

Name the Preparation of Pellitory Rooi and give Us A

Tinctum Pytethri, which has no dose.

It is a )M>werful sialagoguo, causing a InirniDg sensation

in the mouth followed by numbness.

POLYGALA SENEGA.

Deserihe S'licja l!<H>f.

It is fuuuil in irregular pieces with knolts ; from the

knobfl irregular twisted pieces i^ass, a1x>ut the tluckness of

a quill ; on the opposite side from the twist (t.p., on the

concavity) there is a linear projection or kkkl, looking as

if a piece of string had l>een placed under the bark nml

drawn tight.

Which other Roots rww»mW« Saiega t

Serjientary, which has a camphoraceous odour, anl ii<

kill Valerian, which has a disagreeable odour, and no keel.

41

What w the Cotnjjosifion of Senega Foot ?

Saponin, which is a glucoside. Polygalic Acid.

What ofher Plant contains Saponin f

Quillaia bark, {vide Digitalis Leaves).

State the Preparations of Senega and give its Action.

Iiifusum Senega, dose J to 1 ounce.

Tinctura Senegae, dose | to 1 dram.

In small doses it is liable to deraiige the stomach, owingto the irritant action of Saponin, and it is this irritant

action which causes reflexly an increase of bronchial secretion

and a tendency to cough. It is thus a stimulating ex-

pectorant. When administered by the mouth very little

is absorbed.

When i$ its Use ronfra-in'i-aft'l ?

In bronchitis during the early stage ; in phthisis, andwhen the stomach is deranged.

TARAXACUM OFFICINALE.

Denerihe Damlelion Root.

The fresh root, which is official, is externally smooth andlight brown ; internally white and a milky juice exudes.It exhibits a yellow, ix)rou8, woody axis with concentric

rings. No odour. Taste bitter.

What are its Preparations and Action f

Extractum Taraxaci, dose 5 to 15 grains.

Succus Taraxaci, dose 1 to 2 drams.It is a simple bitter and acts like Calumlia Root (q.v.)

RHIZOMES.What is Couch Grass ?

It is the dried rhizome, freed from leaves and rootlets, ofAgropyrum Repens, known officially as Agropyrum.

42

Menfion th Prejinrafioiu* nwl Uses.

Decoctuni Agntjiyii, do.sc ^ to 2 ounces,

Extractiim Agiopyri Liquiihnn, dose 1 to 2 drams.

It is usetl chiefly in the colonies Jis a demulcent and

diuretic, being often administered a« a urinary sedative in

cystitis and gonorrhoea.

Whaf is Male. Fern ami its Offit'iu/ Preparation f

It is the dried rhizome of Dryopteris Filix-mas, divested

of its loaves, roots, and all dead portions.

Its official ])reiiaration is Extrartinn Filicis Liquidum,

known as "oil .,t Male Fern," an<l invpiired by i>ercolation

with ether, wliich is subsequently evaporated, leaving an

oily liquid. D<>m- 15 to 90 minims.

/• tkui Preparaiion starulardised f

Yes. It must contain, at least, 20 i)er cent, of filicin,

the active principle.

What are its U$es and hoto <V it atiminiafereit ?

It is a certain anthelmintic for tapeworm.

The bowels should first be emptied by a mild purge,

then the drug is administered. After twelve hours a saline

purgative is given to clear away the dead worm.

Why ui a Saline Purgative given t

Because Castor Oil is a solvent of filicic acid, which,

when diaaolved, is liable to be absorbed and to give rise to

severe toxic symptoms.

IMiirh other [>nig$ are utetl for T

Pelletierina Tannas. Cusso. Oucuil»ita .^(>nuna Pno-

parata.

WhcU iw Yellotp Jojnninet Give its Aefive Principfe» andPreparation.

The dried ntot and rhizome of Oelsenn'ttm Nitidum.

Gebemine, and (ielseminine.

Tinctura Oelseuiii, dose to 15 minim-.

43

Cfive its Afiions ami Uses.

It is a powerful depressant of the motor cells of the cord,

causing imralysis ; it also depresses the heart. It causes dis-

turbance of vision hy paralysing the ocular muscles, and the

pupil is dilated.

It has l)een used in neuralgia and migraine, but being

imcertain in action, it is rarely prescribed.

What Part of Gentian is Official and what are its Prt-

paratioiis and Actions ?

The dried rhizome and root of Gentiana Lutea.

Extractum Gentianre, dose 2 to 8 grains.

Infusum Gentianae Compositum, dose J to 1 ounce.

Tinctura Gentianse Composita, dose ^ to 1 dram.

Wfiat are its Actions ?

It is similar in action to Calumba (q.v.).

What is Golden Seal f

It is the dried rhizome and roots of Hydrastis Canadensis.

It is irregularly twisteil, showing the scars of decayed

stems on its upper surface, and when a root is broken off

from the lower surface a bright yellow or golden spot remains

;

hence " Golden Seal."

Mention its Active Principles.

Hydrastine, Canadine, Berberine.

What other Rhizome contains Berberine f

Podophyllum.

State the Preparations of Hydrastis.

Extractum Hydrastis Liquidum, di)ae 5 to 15 mimims.Tinctura Hydrastis, dose i to 1 dram.

/44

Descrihe its Aetioru< ami Umx.

In small doses it acts as a gastric bitter. Motlerate doses

stiimilatc the medullary centres, thus slowing the heart, con-

tracting the arterioles, and raising blood pi-essure. It is re-

puted to cause contraction of the uterus by direct action on

its muscle.

It is used externally as a stimulating application to

dironic ulcers, and as a lotion to prevent excessive perspira-

tion. It is administered internally for chronic inflamed

mucous iiuiiiliiaiifs, uterine haemorrhage, dysmenorrhoea, and

menorrhagia.

What is /'itrorhiza and whai are its Preparafiong and Utesf

The dried rhizome of Picrorhiza Kurroa, dose 10 to 20

grains.

Extractum Picrorhizte Liquidum, tlose 15 to 60 minims.

Tinctura Picrorhizie, dase J to 1 dram.

It is employed in the colonies as a gastric bitter and anti-

periodic.

What Varieties of Podophyllum are Official t

The drie<l rhizome and roots of Podophyllum Peltatum.

The drie<l rhizome and roots of Podophyllum Emodi.

ITotr ipouiti you recognise if ?

I )ark reddish-brown pieces of variable lengths, enlarged at

nearly tHjual intervals, the upjK'r surface of eidargement being

markod by a depressed circular scar, below which is a numberof very brittle, bn)wni8h rootlets.

What an- the Artire Prinrijiles t

HcrlHTinc and the official ri>.sin.

What other Khizitme ftmiahis lierlMrine t

Hydnutis.

45

Mention the Preparations of earJi Variety of Podophyllum.

Tinctura Podophylli, dose 5 to 15 minims.

Tinctura Potlophylli Indici, dose o to 15 mimims.

State the Actions of Po<j4)phy1lum.

It stimulates the intestinal muscle, increases intestinal

secretions and the How of bile, and so acts as a purgative,

taking about ten liours to act, causing griping, and motions

deeply stained with bile. The griping is prevented by com-

bining it witli hyoscyamus.

What is the Offirial Rhultarh and hotc is it recognised ?

The dried rhizome, partly deprived of its coat, of KheumOfficinale.

Irregular pieces, the surfaces being often coloured with a

yellow brown powder, and the pieces often bored with a

hole which may contain a piece of string \i.«!ed to suspend

whilst drying it.

Xanit' it» Active Prineijt/es ami yive its Dos<:.

Chrysarobin,Chrj'8ophanic Acid, Rheo-tannic Acid, Oxalate

of Lime.

For repeated administration, 3 to 10 grains.

As a single administration, 15 to 30 grains.

What arf its Preparati&ns ? *

Extractum Khei, dose 2 to 8 grains.

Iiifusum Rhei, dose | to 1 ounce.

Pil. Rhei Composita, do.se 4 to 8 grains,

Pulvis Rhei ComiK)situ8, dose 10 to 60 grains.

Syrupus Rhei, dose ^ to 2 drams.

Tinctura Khei Composita, dose | to 1 dram.

DesrritHi its Actiuiis awl Uses.

It acts a."* a ga.stric bitter, in small doses. In large doses

it causes purgation, prcnlucing in about six hours a liquid

46

motion stained yellow by Chrysarobin. Purgation is usually

ff>llowed by constii>ation, due to Rheo-tannic Acid. Thecolouring matter is excreted by the urine, staining it yellow

when acid, and red when alkaline. It is used as a tonic, a

stomachic purgative, and in diarrhoea due to gastric irritation.

What in Serpentary ami what are ite Prqparaiion ami Action?

It is the dried rhizome and roots of Aristolochia Serpentaria.

Tinctura Serpcntarise, J to 1 dram.

It is a bitter stomachic.

Wit ilk Varieties of Valerian are Offinal ?

The dried rhizome and roots of Valeriana Officinalis.

The dried rhizome and ro«jts of Valeriana Wallichii.

Oive its Preparation, Actions, ami Uses.

Each has an Amnioniated Tincture, dose | to 1 dram.

It acts as an aromatic bitter, and is excreted by bronchi

untl kidneys.

It is used to relieve neuralgia, and has been given with

marked l)enefit in hysteria.

What I'w dinger? Mention its Prt^parations ami Uses.

The scraped and «lried rhizome of Zingiber ( officinale.

SyrupUH Zingiberis, ^ to 1 tlranj. Tinctura Zingil)eris, ^ to

1 dram.Stomachic, Carminative, Flavoaring agent.

SEEDS.

What Varieties of Almonds are Ofinal t

(1) S\v«'«'t .\hnond ; the ri|)e seed of Prunus Amygdalua,var, didci.^.

(2) Bitter Almond ; the ripe seed of Pnmus Amygilalus,

vnr. amnm.

47

ffotc are they duitingutshed f

(1) The "Swf • t" are flattened, elongated, and lanceolate

;

taste pleHsant.

(2) The '* Bitter " are broader, shorter, and coarser in

ap|)earance ; taste bitter. When bruised with water, they

emit an odour like "Ratafia" (from production of prussic

acid).

Degeribe their Composition.

Both contain about 50 per cent, of a fixed oil (the

ordinary " almond oil ") ; also emulsik, a ferment. TheBitter contains, in addition, 2 to 3 per cent, of a glucoside

calle<l AMYGDAi.iN: this in the presence of water, and underthe influence of emulsin, produces a volatile oil, the" essential oil of bitter almonds." This oil is poisonous, as it

contains from 4 to 8 f)er cent, of " prussic acid." Thisreaction besides producing " prussic acid " also producesglucose, and benzoic aldehyde or hydride of benzol ; this

in turn easily absorbs oxygen, and becomes benzoic acid.

The oil when purified by the separation of " prussic acid " is

not poisonous, and is used for flavouring sweets. Theartificial oil of bitter almonds, " Nitro-benzene," or "^itro-benzol," is poisonous, though it has much the same flavour

as the purified natural oil.

State their Prfi>aratiorv< awf U«^.-'.

Oleum Amygdala, obtained from either variety.

Pulvis Amygdalae Compositus, from sweet almonds.Mistura Amygdals, ma^ie from the preceding, dose ^ to 1

ounce.

Sweet almonds are demulcent and nutritive, and as theyc<jntain no starch, they are made into flour for making bis-

cuits for diabetic patients.

JFhat Preparations contain Almortd Oil 7

Linimentum Ammonise : Oleum Phosphoratum.Fnguentum Aqn.-p Koste.

48

fFliat are Butea Seeds ? Give their Official Preparation and

Uses.

The seeds of Butea Frondosa.

Pulvis Butea? Serainum, which is prepared by soaking

the seeds in distilled water, carefully removing the integu-

ments, and drying and powdering the kernels, dose 10 to 20

grains.

A full dose is given daily for three successive days as an

anthelmintic for roundworms.

What are Cardamomtt ?

The dried ripe seeds of Elettaria Cardamomum, juc-erved

in their pericarps until required for use.

Why are they thus preserved f

To prevent adulteration and loss of volatile oil.

Name the OffinaJ Preparation arul give its Uses,

Tinctura Cardamonii ComjK)sita, dose J to 1 dram.

The tincture is contained in Decoctum Aloes Comp. andMistura Sennw Comj).

It is carminative and stoniacliic and is used as a colouring

agent.

What jxtrts (>/ ('o/rfiirum (ire j«tw/, nw/ ir/mt art' its Active

Princij>/''$ ?

The dried n\>e seedw and the fresh rorm .>f r<il<hiouni

Autumnale.Two alkal'i'l^, viz., Colchicine and Veratrine.

Mention the Prc/Hirations,

From the corni—Extractum Colchici, dose ^ to I grain.

Vinum Colchici, dose 10 to 30 minims.

From the srocls—Tinctura Colchici, a to 15 ininim.'«.

What ar" its Actions anti Uses t

It is H gastro-intestinal irritant and a direct cliolagogue,

49

depresses the heart, and if given in large doses causes

js'eneral prostration.

It is used to relieve gout, being given between the

attacks to diminish their severity, but if symptoms of

gastric or intestinal irritation are evident its use is contra-

indicated.

Desrrif)e Melon Pumpkin See<1s and give their Dose andUse.

Fresh rip© seeds of Cucurbita Maxima. N.B. Whenused they must not be more than a month old, dose 3 to

4 ounces.

They are used as an anthelmintic for tapeworm. They.«hould be given in the early morning on an empty stomach,

followed in one hour by a hot drink, three hours later bya dose of castor oil, and two hours after this by a sub-

stantial meal.

What are Datura Seeth ? Mention their Preparation.

The dried seeds of Datura fastuosa. Tinctura Daturae

Seminum, dose 5 to 15 minims.

What other Part of this Plant is Official ?

The drie<l leaves.

\\7iat are its Uses ?

Used chiefly in the colonies to relieve asthma.

Describe Cotton Wool and mention Preparations made fromit.

The hairs of the seeds of Gossypium Herbaceum, fromwhich fatty matter has been removed.

Pyroxylinum or Dinitro cellulose, and from this Collodiumand Collodium Vesicans are obtained.

50

What is (1) Linseed mid (2) Spoijd iStcils?

(1) The dried ripe seeds of flax—Linum Usitatissimum.

(2) The dried seeds of Plantago Ovata, dose 45 to 150

grains.

Mention the Uses of these Two Seeds.

As they contain much mucilage they are infused to makedemulcent drinks. Internally they are applied as poultices

in inflammation.

Dem'rihe a Nutmeg.

It is the dried kernel of the seed of Myristica Fragrans,

which contiiins from 2 to 8% of the official volatile oil.

What is Ntue Vomica ami its Active Principles?

The dried ripe seeds of Strychnos nux-vomica, dose 1 to 4

grains. When j)owdered the seeds must be adjusted to

contain 1.25% Strychnine.

Strychnine, Rrucine, Igasuric Acid, Loganin.

State the PreiKirations^ their Strength and Dose.

Kxtractum Nucis Vomicw Liquidinn, 1.5% Strychnine,

dose 1 to 3 min.

Kxtnictum Nucis VomioK Siccum, 6% Strychnine, dose

] to I grain.

Tinctura Nucis Vomica}, .125% Strychnine, dose 6 to 15

min.

(For actions vide Strychnine.)

What /> St<n'€i>arrf, tts Artivf Pn'nci/ili', awl I'xes 1

The dried riiHi seeds of Delpliinium Staph isagria.

Delphine. An alkaloid acting like Aconitine.

It is uswl in the form of Uie otticial ointment— rngiientumStaphisagriw—and also ns a i>ara.siticide for |)eiliculi.

ol

WTint Part of SiropJianthm »> Official ? Givf the Preparationt.

The dried ripe seeds of Strophanthus kombe, freed from

awDs.

Extractum Strophanthi, dose J to 1 grain.

Tinctura Strophanthi, dose 5 to 15 minims.

Defcrilte its AHion on the Circulation.

On the HEART. It prolongs diastole, but does not shorten

systole ; it strengthens the force and causes cardiac regularity,

acting similarly to Digitalis (q.v.).

On the VESSELS. It does not constrict the peripheral

vessels, thus acting differently from Digitalis. There is a slow

rise of blood pressure, which is due almost entirely to cardiac

action. It is not cumulative.

RIPE FRUITS.

What Part of the Orange is Official 1 ,

(1) The fr^h outer part of the pericarp of Citrus

Aurantiuni.

(2) The <hi(il outer part of the pericarp of Citrus

Aurantium.

Mention the Preparations.

From the fresh peel—Tinctura Aurantii, dose J to 1 dram.

From the fresh peel—Vinum Aurantii.

Fn)m the drie<l peel—Infusum Aurantii Compositum,

dose I to 1 ounce.

From the dried peel—Infusum Aurantii, dose h to\ ounce.

]rhat is Oranffe Fhirer lla/T, ami what Preparation ha* it

7

A saturated solution of the volatile oil, prepared by dis-

lation frt»m the flowers of Citrus Aurantium, dose J to 1

nee.

Syrupus Aurantii Floris, dose ^ to 1 dram.ounce.

52

Wliich Part of thf Lnnrm ?> Offtn'af. rin/f what are its Pre-

paration.'! ?

The fresh outer part of the pericarp of Citrus medica.

Syrupus Limonis, dose | to 1 dram.

Tinctura Limonis, dose i to 1 dram.

ffoir 18 Oil of Lemons obtained ?

By excoriation and expression from fresh lemon peel.

What 28 Lemon Juice, and what Acids does it contain ?

The freslily expressed juice of the ripe fiuit of Citrus

medica.

Citric, malic, and phosphoric acids.

Describe (1) Dill Fruit, (2) Anise, (3) Caraway, (4) Fennel.

Anethi Fructus, the dried ripe fruit of PeucedanumGraveolens; used for obtaining Aqua Anethi and OleumAnethi. *

Anisi Fructus, the dried ripe fruit of Pimpinella Anisum,used for obtaining Aqua Anisi and Oleum Anisi.

Carui Fructus, the dried ripe fruit of Carum Carvi, used

for obtaining Aqua Carui and Oleum Carui.

Foeniculi Fructus, the dried ripe fruit of FoeniculumVulgare, used for obtaining Aqua Foeniculi.

How would you distinguish these Four Fruits t

(1) Dill fruit has separate mericarps, is not attached to

}ie(licle, an<l its lateral doj-sal ridges are prolonged to formwings.

(2) Anise has mericarj>» imited and attached to a commonpedicle, but is not winged.

(3) Caraway baa se^Mirate mericar(>s, slightly curveil andtajH^ring towards each end, glabroius, and shows five small

longitudinal ridges.

(4) FtMinel i» smooth, greenish brown, cap{)ed by a stylo-

|mh1 and two styles, and easily sei^arated into its two meri-

carps.

53

Describe Coriander Fruit.

The dried ripe fruit of Coriandruiu Sativum, used for

obtaining the official Oleum Coriandri.

What I'x Capsicum ?

The dried ripe fruit of Capsicum minimum, used for

obtaining Tinctura Capsici, dose 5 to 15 mins., and

Unguentum Capsici.

What are Embelia Berries ?

The dried fruit of Embelia Kibes and Embelia Robusta,

used in the form of a powder or infusion as an anthelmintic

for tapeworm.

Which Fruits are used as Purgatives ?

Cassiae Fructus, the ripe fruits of Cassia Fistula.

Sennae Fructus, the rii>e fruits of Cassia acuti folia and

Cassia angustifolia.

Tamarindus, the fruit of Tamarindus indica, preserved

with sugar.

UNRIPE FRUITS.

Name those Offinial.

1

.

Bael Fruit, the fresh, half-ripe fruit of ^gle Marmelos.

2. Myrolmlans, the dried, unripe fruits of Termiualia

Chebula.

3. Cubebs, the dried, unripe, full-grown fruit of Piper

Cubeba.

What are the Preparations of Cubebs, their Actions ami t/j-e^ ?

Oleum Culjeba?, dose 5 to 20 minims.

Tinctura Cubebae, dose J to 1 dram.

Small doses are stiuiar hie and carminative. They increase

the bronchial secreliun, disinfecting it also, and stimulate

the entire genitourinary tract, being excreted by the urine.

54

Used in the form of lozenges and cigarettes for bronchitis

and chronic pharyngitis, and in the fonn of capsules, con-

taining the volatile oil, for gonorrhoea, gleet, and chronic

cystitis.

BULBS.

What Bulbs are Official ?

1. Squill, the inner, dried, and sliced scales of T'rginea

scilla.

2. Indian Squill, the inner, dried, and sliced scales of

Urginea indica.

Hate would you didintjuvth between Squill and Trcfjarnnth ?

Squill is yellowish-white, opaque, tough, and flexible.

Tragacanth is greyish-white, translucent, thin, and brittle.

Nayiu- fh.^ I^-eparation» of Squill 1

Acetuni Scillae, do.se 5 to 15 minims.

Oxymel Scillie, dose J to 1 dram.

Synipus Scillse, dose J to 1 dram.

Pilula Ii)ecacuanhsB cum Scilla (5 per cent, opium), dose

4 to 8 grains.

Pilula Scillse Composita, dose 4 to 8 grains.

Tinriiim Scillse, dose 5 to 15 minims.

(Indian Squill \\a» similar pre[>aration8.)

Give th", l)o4e. of Sf/uill awl dejvrilte iU Artionn anil Utfes.

Do8e 1 to 3 grains.

It is diuretic and a cardiac tonic, increases bronchial

secretion, and aids mucus exi)ectoration. In cardiac dropyit is given in combination with Digitalis and Mercur}*, in

pill form (known as Bailey's pill). It should not l>e pre-

scribed as an ex^iectorant in chronic bronchitis or phthisis,

as its irritant (qualities may exert themselves.

55

PULPS.

IMiu-h Pulps are Official f

Cassia Pulp and Colocynth Pulp.

What is Cassia Pulp ami its Action ?

It had the consistence of a soft extract and is obtained

by crushing the i)ods of Cassia Fistula, percolating with

water and evajwrating.

As a laxative. It is contained in Confectio Sennae.

Describe Colocynth Pulj,i ami meniion its Preparations^

Actions, and Uses.

The dried pulp of the fruit of Citrullus colocynthis, freed

from seeds, and jwpiilarly known as " Ritter Apple."

Extractum Colocynthidis Compositura, dose 2 tf> 8 grains.

Pilula Colocynthidis Composita, dose 4 to 8 grains.

It increases tlie flow of bile and intestinal secretions,

stimulating the intestinal muscle, and causing watery

evacuations. It is a drastic cathartic, and may produce

great depression. It sliould never be given alone as it

gripes greatly, but with Hyoscyamus. It is used solely

as a piurgative, sometimes in Ascites and Bright's disease.

LEAVES.

Describe BeUa>hmia L*Mves.

They are collected when the plant is in flower, are broatlly

ovate, acute and entire ; light-green above, dusky-green be-

neath, and slightly wrinkled. They must yield not less than•3 i)er cent, alkaloids.

Name, the Alkaloids present.

Uyoticyaniine and Atropine i,4V.y.

56

]Vhaf Leaves resemble Belladonna, and how would you dis-

tinguish them ?

Hyoscyaraus leaves, which Are mostly sessile, hairy

beneath, and always with attached flowers.

Stramonium leaves, which are dentated, unequal at the

base, and minutely Avrinkled.

Give the Preparai,ion» of Belladonna Leaves.

Extractum Belladonme Siccum, I per cent, alkaloids,

dose J to 1 grain.

Tinctura Belladonnae, '035 per cent, alkaloids, dose 5

to 15 minims.

Mention the Source of Jfi/cfri/anius Leaves and th' ir Alhcdoida

and Preparations.

From the flowering plants of Hyoscyamus niger.

Their alkaloids are Hyoscyamine and Hyoscine, and their

preparations

—

Extractum Hyoscyami, '3 per cent, alkaloids, dose 2 to 8

grains.

Tinctura Hyoscyami, dose ^ to 1 dram.

Comjtare the Actions of Hyoscyamus and Belladonna.

Hyoscyamus is a cerebral and spinal sedative. Bella-

donna is a deliriant. Hyoscyamus is a more i>owerful

intestinal stimulant, increasing tlie peristaltic contractions

to a greater extent, and when combined with other

purgatives, relieves griping.

Hyoscyamus has a more marked sedative action on the

bladder.

Describe (he Uses of Hyoscyamus.

To relieve vesical spasm in cystitis, calculus, and prosta-

titis. To prevent tlu; griping of purgatives. {Vide Hyoscyamine Sulphate.)

57

What are StraiDoniuin I^eavegy their Alkaloids ami Ofieial

Preparations 1

The dried leaves of Datura Stramonium. Their alkaloids

are Hyoscyamine, Atropine, Daturine.

Tlieir only official preparation is Tincture Stramonii,

dose 5 to 15 minims.

Describe the Actions and Uses of Stramonium.

It acts similarly to Belladonna, but relaxes the muscular

coat of the brctnchial tuljes more powerfully, thus relieving

apasm. It is chiefly used in asthma, in the form of cigarettes

and smoking mixtures.

What are Betel Leaves?

The dried leaves of the Piper Betel, used chiefly in India

along with other aromatic suletances as a chewing gum.

Describe Biwhu Leaves.

The dried leaves of Barosma Betulina. They are of a

dull yellowish-green colour, marked at the margins of the

under surface with small dots, which are oil glands ; margin

dentate, aromatic odour.

What Lsave* resemble them f

Senna leaves, which are entire, unequal at base, and have

no oil j;lands. Bearbf-rry leaves, which are entire, very

astringent, and have no oil glands.

Mention the Preparations of Buchu, and their Actions and

Uses.

Infusum Buchu, dose 1 to 2 ounces.

Tinctura Buchu, dose i to 1 dram.

Being excreted by the kidneys, they act as diuretics, at

the same time having an astringent and disinfectant effect

on the urinary tract. They are used in cystitis, gonorrhoea,

and pyelitis.

Wfuit are Foxglove Leaves f

The dried leaves of Digitalis Purpurea, dose J to 2 grains.

68

Describe the Active Pi'inci}>le» oj DiyHcUis Leaves.

1. Digitoxin, a glucoside, very irritant, poisonous andcumulative.

2. Digitalin, a glucoside, less powerful than the preceding.

3. Digitonin, a saponin, cardiac depressant, and gastric

irritant.

4. Digitophyllin, a glucoside.

5. Digitaleiii, a soluble ghicoside, is non-cumulative.

6. Digitin, an inert glucoside.

{N.B.—Digitalis leaves contain no alkaloids.)

Name tJie Official Preparations and their Cardiac Action.

Infusum Digitalis, dose 2 to 4 drams.

Tinctura Digitalis, dose 5 to 15 minims.The cardiac terminations of the vagi are stimulated, thus

slowing the ])eat ; the cardiac muscle is stimulated, thus

increasing the force ; at the same time diastole is prolonged,

and cardiac irregularity is abolished.

Wliat other Actiow ?uui Lyitjitalis ?

By its direct action on the muscular coats of the arterioles,

stimulation of the medullary and spinal vaso-motor centres,

combined with the increased cardiac force, there is a great

rise in blood pressure. There is relaxation of renal arterioles,

with consequent increase of arterial glomerular pressuie,

leading to diuresis.

l)ej*crihi' its Various Uses.

In Mitral regurgitation, to strengthen, regidate, and slow

the beat.

In Mitral constriction, to lengthen diastole, and so allow

a greater amount of blood t<> (mss through the constricted

orifice.

In iltcmopty^is, tiuc to mitral disease.

In Cardiac dropsy as a diureti>

.

When should its Administration fie aroided ?

When the cunliac! nn«i»rle is degenerate*! or diseased.

(u Bright's disease with a high tension pulse.

In pure cardiac hypertrophy.

50

What if Grindelia ami its Ojirial Preparation t

The dried leaves and flowing tops of Grindelia camporum.

The official preparation is Extractum Grindelise Liquidum.

dose 10 to 20 niinims.

Deteribe its Actions atul Ui^es.

It relaxes the bronchial muscular coat, and acts as an

expectorant.

It is iised in asthma, when it should be given in milk,

to prevent excess precipitation of the resin.

Which partx of Wif'-h-hazfJ are Official, and what are its

Preparations ?

The fresh or dried leaves of Haraamelis Virgiiiiana.

The dried bark of Ilamamelis Virginiana.

From the leaves :

—

Extractum Hamamelitlis Liquidum, dose 5 to 15 mins.

Liquor Hamamelidis, dose ^ to 3 drams.

Unquentum Hamamelidi.s.

From the bark :

—

Tinctura Hamamelidis, dose | to 1 ilram.

Descriht the Actions and Uses of Witch-hazel.

< Ml .ic count of its Tannic Acid, it is astringent andhaemostatic, being used, in a diluted form, in cases of

lisemorrhage, or as an a.stringent for bruises, pharyngitis,

and nasal catarrh.

MTiat are Cherry Laurel fjeaoes and their Chief Constituents t

The fresh leaves of Prunus Laurocera8u.s.

Fmulsin. Laurocerasin, identical with Amygdalin, which

in the presence of H,0 forms Prussic Acid (vi^le Almonds).

Mention the Pre^Mraf ion and Usf of CWrnj Laurel Leaves.

Aqua Laurocerasi, 1 per cent. Prussic Acid, dose J to 2

drams.

Tliey are use*! i hietiy as a flavouring agent.

60

What are Bedrherry Leaves ? Give the Official Preparation

ami Us Adiorui awl Uses.

The dried leaves of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi.

Infusum Uvse Ursi, dose ^ to 1 ounce.

Diuretic, being astringent and disinfectant to urinary

mucous membrane. Used chiefly in cystitis, pyelitis, and

gonorrhoea.

Whai Varieties of Senna Leaves are Official, and their Active

Principles ?

Dried leaflets of Cassia Acutifolia and Cassia Angustifolia.

Their active principles are Cathartic Acid, Sennacrol,

Sennapicrin, Chrysophanic Acid.

{N.B.—These are all glucosides.)

Name the Preparations.

Confectio Sennie, dose 60 to 120 grains.

Infusum Sennte, dose ^ to 2 ounces.

Pulvis Glycyrrhizie Compositus, dose 60 to 120 grains.

Syrupus Sennse, dose ^ to 2 drams.

Tinctura Sennse Comjwsita, dose A to 1 dram.

(Mistura Sennte Composita contains Infusum Sennse.)

State their Actions and Uses.

They stimulate the muscular coat of the colon, acting, in

about eight hours, as a purgative, this is probably due to

Cathartic Acid.

Tliey are used chiefly for tlieir p\ngative action, and are

best combined with some aromatic substance to lessen or

prevent griping.

PETALS.

What are the Official Petals f

1. Red I'ttppy Petals. The fresh petals of PapaverRhoeas.

2. Red R<»8e Petals. The fresh or dried unexpandedprtal.-- i>f Rosu Gallica.

61

Give tlie. Official Preparation and Dose of Red Poppy Petals

and its Use.

Syrupus Rhoeados, dose J to 1 dram.

It is used chiefly an a colouring agent.

What are the Prevaratiorui of Rose Petals f

Dried Petals—Infusum Rosse Acidiun, dose J to 1 ounce.

Syrupus Rosae, dose ^ to 1 dram.

Fresh Petals—Confectio Rosse Gallicaj.

Oleum Rosae, from petals of Rosa Damascena.

Deserih' /.' - Water.

It is a saturated solution of the oil, obtained by distillation

from the flowers of Rosa Damascena.

FLOWERS.

What are Chamomile Flowers 1

The dried expanded flower heads of Anthemis Xobilis,

used as a source of the official volatile oil—Oleum Anthe-

midis.

What are Clove* f

Dried unexpanded flower buds of Eugenia Caryophyllata,

used as a source of Oleum Caryophylli, and for makingInfusum Caryophylli, dose J to 1 ounce.

Dfigcribe Cus90, and give its Dose ami Method of Ad-iitiniMration.

The dried panicles of pistillate flowers of Brayera Anthel-

mintica, dose 1 20 to 240 grains.

The desired quantity, in coarse powder, is mixed withhalf a pint of warm water, allowed to stand fifteen minutes,

then stirred up but not strained, and taken in two or three

draughts at short intervals. It is best taken in the morningfasting (a purgative being administered the night preceding).

62

and should he followed in six hours hy a brisk cathartic. It

is specific for tapeworm.

WJiat a7-e Arnica Flowers, and their Official Pre/xiration ?

The dried flower-heads of Arnica Montana.Their official preparation is Tinctura Arniose Florum,

dose J to 1 dram.

PLANT TOPS.

What in Indian Hemp 1

Cannabis Indica. The dried flowering m- fruiting tops of

the pistillate plant of Cannabis Sativa, from which the resin

has not been removed.

Wliat are its Preparations ?

Extractum Cannabi.s Indicie, dose J to 1 grain.

Tinctum Cannabis Indicse (made from Extract), dose 5 to

15 mins.

How would you prescrilte the Tincture 1

Mucilage must be employed to suspend the excessive

amount of resin which the addition of water causes.

What are its Chief Actions and Uses ?

It chiefly att'ects the convolutions, producing a kind of

intoxication. Pleasing hallucinations, rapid flow of mentalideas, so that a lifetime seems to 1>e compressed into a fewminutes. Tlie person seems U-> have ttco existences, him.<«elf

and someone else, a kind of douttle consciousness. He cana.Hsume remarkable postures and movements—catah>ptic andrhythmical, Halaamintj o«mvulsi<ins. There are al.w delusions

as to s|iace and time.

It is given to relieve |jain, an«l aa a sojM)riric in delirium

tremens; also in insanity. It is said to have all the giMxl

effects of opium and none of its disadvantages.

63

Name its Spec ntages as ronvpared tcifh Oinuui.

1. Sleep is profound and refreshing.

2. An absence of constipation and sickness.

3. It does not derange the stomach norkidneys.

4. The head remains quite clear.

What are Broom Tops ?

Scoparii Cacumina. The fresh and dried tops Cytisus

Sco|)arius.

Mention the Chief Constituents.

1. Scoi^arin, a neutral principle, which acts directly on

the renal epithelium, and is thus a diuretic.

2. Si>arteine, a liquid oily alkaloid, which slightly in-

creases the force of the heart like digitalis, and paralyses

peripheral nerve endings.

Na)u> til' P1 1 uarations of Broom and their Uses.

Infusum Scoparii, from the dried tops, dose 1 to 2 ounces

Succus Scoparii, Irom the fresh tops, dose 1 to 2 drams.

Combined with other diuretics, they are used in cases of

cardiac dropsy. They should not be prescribed in acute

renal cases.

BARKS.

What is Actiria Bark?

Acacise Cortex. The drietl bark of Acacia Arabica amiof Acacia Decurrens, not less than seven years old, and whendried, must be kept one year before using.

Mention its Preparation and its Use.

Decoctum Acacire Corticis, dose h to 2 ounces.

As it contains much tannin, it is use<l us an astringent in

stomatitis, pharyngitis, and vaginitis.

64

What 18 Ahtunia? '//" its PreparationSf Action, and Uees.

The dried bark of Alstonia Scholam an<l Alstonia

Constricta.

Infusuin Alstoniie, dose | to 1 ounce.

Tinctura Alstonise, dose ^ to 1 dram.

It appears to paralyse motor nerve endings. It is used,

chiefly in the Colonies, for dysentery and intermittent fever.

What is " Sacr&l Bark " ?

Cascara Sajjrada. Tlio diifil ImiU nf Khamnus Purshianus.

Name its Preparations, Actions, and Uses.

Extractum Cascarse 8agradse Siccum, dose 2 to 8 grains.

Extractnm Cascane Sagradse Liquidum, dose J to 1 dram.

Synipus Cascane Aromaticus contains the Liquid Extract.

It is a stomachic and simple laxative, which cau.ses little

griping. It is very serviceable for chronic constipation, a

gradually-increased dosage not being required.

What is Cascarillce Cortex?

The dried bark of Croton Eluteria. It is in the form of

quills, covered with a silvery-white lichen.

Name its Preparations and their Uses.

Infusum Cascarillaj, do.se A to 1 ounce.

Tinctura Cascarillae, dose ^ to 1 dram.

They are aromatic bitter stomachics.

Whai is Cinchona Cortex t

The drie<l bark of the stem and branches of CinchonaSuccirubra.

Name the Chief Alkaloids.

Quinine, Quinidino, Cinchonine, Cmciionidine.

(N.fi.— l^uinino may l»e obtained fr»mj any variety of

Cinchona, but <>iilv Knl Cinchona Bark is ofiicial.)

65

What are the Preparations of Cinchona ?

Extractum Cinchonse Liquidum, 5 per cent, alkaloids,

dose, 5 to 15 mins.

Infusum Cinchouae Acidum, dose ^ to 1 ounce.

Tincture Cinchonae, 1 per cent, alkaloids, dose | to 1 dram.

Tincture Cinchonse Composita, '5 per cent, alkaloids, dose

^ to 1 drem.

What is Cinnamomi Cortex t Name its Preparations andtheir Uses.

The dried inner bark from truncated stocks of Cinna-

momum Zeylanicum.

Aqua Cinnamomi, dose 1 to 2 ounces.

Puhis Cinnamomi Compositus, dose 10 to 60 grains.

Tincture Cinnamomi, dose J to 1 dram.

Oleum Cinnamomi, dose ^ to 3 minims.

Aromatic stomachic, and astringent.

What is Euonymi Cortex f

The dried root-bark of Euonymus Atropurpureus.

Describe Euonymin and give its Actions and Uses,

It is Extractum Euonymi, dose 1 to 2 grains.

It stimulates the flow of gastric juice, and is an indirect

cholagogue.

Used as a purgative in constipation with disordered liver.

What is Cotton Root Bark t

Oossypii Radicis Cortex. Dried root bark of GossypiumHerbaceom.

Name its Preparations and their Uses.

Decoctum Gossypii Radicis Corticis, dose | to 2 ounces.

Extractum Gossypii Radicis Corticis Liquidum, dose ^ to

1 dram.

They are chiefly employed in the colonies as uterine

bsemostatics.

B

66

Describe 1'/ /// -//^ Prnw li>irh- 'twJ mention its Active

Principles.

The hark of the wild cherry, Prunus Serotina. Its active

principles are Amygdalin and Emulsin (vide Almonds).

What are its Preparations, Action, and Use 1

Syrupus Pnini Virginianse, dose | to 1 dram,

Tinctura Primi A'irginianse, dose i to 1 dram.

Owing to the formation of Pnissic Acid by its constituent'*,

it lessens reflex bronchial excitability, and is thus employed

to relieve a hacking cough by which nothing is expectoratetl.

What is Soap Baric ? Give its Citief Constituent.

The dried inner part of the baik nf the tree, Qnillaja

Saponaria.

Saponin, which forms a frothy solution in water.

Which other Drug contains Saponin 1

Senega.

Describe Black Haw, and mention its Preparation ami Uses.

The dried bark of Viburnum Prunifolium.

Extractum Viburni Liquidum, dose 1 to 2 drams.

It is sedative in dysmenorrhoea and menorrhagia, and is

used to control hsemorrhage during the menopause.

WOODS.Wluit is Lujnum Vittje f

Guaiaci Lignum. The heart-wootl of (luaiacum Officinale.

In dark green, dense, hard pieces, which sink in water. It

is used as a source of the official, Guaiaci Reaina (q.v.).

Detcribe IaxjuhxhI, and give its Preparation ami Uses.

Ha?mat<ixyli Lignum. The heart-wotxi of lla^matoxylnn

Can)|H»chianum. In liard, heavy pieces, purple-nnl externally,

reddish-brown internally.

67

Its preparatiou is Decoctum H«matoxyli, dose | to 2

ounces.

As it contains much tannin, it is used as a powerfulastringent, and to control all forms of diarrhoea.

What is Red Sanders-wood t

Pterocaq)i Lignum. The heart-wood of Pterocarpus

Santalinus. It is used as a colouring agent in Tinctura

Lavandulse Com}X)sita.

Whdf ')f}i^r Wood is used as a Colouring Agent ?

Sappan. The heart-wood of Csesalpinia Sappan.

Describe Q^issia, and mention its Preparations, Actions,

and Uses.

The wood of the trunk and branches of Picraena Excelsa.

Infiisum Quassias, dose i to 1 ounce.

Tinctura Quassiae, dose ^ to 1 dram.It is an aromatic s^tomachic, very bitter, contains no

tannin, and can thus be prescribed with iron preparations.

Tlie infusion is often injected, per rectum, for thread-

worms.

VEGETABLE PRODUCTS.

What is Starrh t Name its Official Preparation.

Amylum. The product from grains of wheat, TriticumSativum ; from maize, Zea Mays ; from rice, Oryza Sativa.

Glycerinum Amyli.

Describe Goa Poialer and its Use.

Araroba. A sulistance found in cavities in the trunk ofAndira Araroba, freed from wooti fragments, dried, andpowdered.

It is used for making Cbrysarobin, which ia extractedfrom it by hot benzene.

68

What Preparation has Cfhrymrohin f Give its Use.

I^ngiientum Chrysarobini.

It is used as an antiparasitic for ringworm, and in

psoriasis.

Name the Official Varieties of Catechu ?

Catechu Pallidum, an extract from leaves and youngslioots of Uncaria Oanibier, dose 5 to 15 grains.

Catechu Nigrum, an extract from the wood of AcaciaCatechu, dose 5 to 16 grains.

State the Preparations of Pale Caterhti and its Use.

Pulvis Catecliu Compositus, dose 10 to 60 grains.

Tiiictura Catechu, dose ^ to 1 dram.Trochiscus Catechu, 1 grain in each.

In virtue of its tannic acid, it is a powerful astringent,

and is used for cases of Pliaryngitis and Diarrliaa.

l^hat is Ergot?

It is a fungus. The sclerotium or spawn of Clavicej)s

Purpureum, originating in the ovary of Secale Cereale, the

common rye.

Give its Dose and Composition.

15 to 60 grains. It is comixjsed of (1) Ergotoxin, a very

active amorphous alkaloid; (2) Ergotinine, an inert alkaloid

;

(3) Tyramine, possessing jx)werful physiological properties,

acting in a similar manner to Adrenalin; (4) Iminaxolylethy-

lamine, a powerful substance, acting directly on the titerus ;

(5) A fixed oil; (6) Saponin

; (7) Tannin.

Name its Preparations.

Extractum ErgotH>, or Ergotin, dose 2 to 8 grains.

Extractum Ergota* Liquidum, dose 10 to 30 minims.

Infusum ErgoUv, dose 1 to 2 ounces.

Tinctura Ergotn Ammoniato, dose ^ to I dram.

69

What w Injeciio Ergotce Hypodermica ?

It is an aqueous solution of 33 per cent, of ExtractumErgotae, containing 1 per cent. Carbolic Acid as a pre-

servative.

W/tat is the best Method of adminuterimj Ergot?

Many believe in giving the powdered drug, as the

solubility and stability of its constituents are very variable.

Staie its Actions and Uses.

CiRCULATORT.—There is general arterial contraction, dueto direct action of the drug on the muscular coats and nerve

terminals of the vessels, the arteries becoming smaller, andif the drug is administered for a lengthened period, the

arteriolar contraction is accompanied by thickening of the

muscular coat of the arterioles, so that obstruction of

circulation follows, and gangrene occurs. The heart muscle

is directly excited, and this, in conjunction with its arteriolar

action, causes a rise in blood pressure.

Nervous.—After prolonged use, a sensation of epidermal

itching and tingling is experienced, soon followed bynumbness and local ansesthesia, tonic muscular contractions,

dimness of vision, loss of hearing, and epileptiform con-

vulsions. These symptoms constitute "Ergotism."

Gbkerative Ststem.—Powerfully excites contraction of

the uterine muscle, with expulsion of contents, but has very

little, if any, power on the unimpregnated uterus.

The chief use of Ergot is for post-partum haemorrhage, bycausing etticient contraction of the uterus after labour. It

is used also as a hsemostatic in hemoptysis and various

hsemorrhages.

What are Oails ? Mention their Composition awl Pre/farw

tiotis.

Excrescences on Quercus infectoria, caused by tbe [juucIui-c

and dep<jsit of the eggs of Cynips gallse tinctorise.

Tannic Acid, 75 per cent. Gallic Acid, 5 per cent.

Unguentum Gallse and Unguentum GalUe cum Opio

(7 5 per cent, opium). They are used also as a source of

Tannic Acid«

70

CHEMICAL MATERIA MEDICA.

ARSENIC.

What is " White Arsenic"?

Aciduni Arseniosum ; obtained by roasting arsenical ores

and purifying the product by sublimation.

In what Forms does it exist ?

1. A heavy white crystalline powder.2. Stmtified, o})aque, white, amorphous masses.

Give its DvsH and Preparations.

v\ to ^V grai»-

Liquor Arsenicalis (Fowler's solution), 1 per cent., dose

2 to 8 minims.

Licpior Arsenici Hyrochloricus, 1 per cent, dose 2 to 8

minims.

Why are there two Liquors ?

Fowler's solution (coloureil red with Compound Tincture

of Lavender) is an alkaline solution, and could not bf

prescribed with acid solutions. The otlier liquor is acid.

WJuit are the Ofjkiitl Salts o/ Arsenic t

Sotlii Arsenas Anhydrcwus, dose ^j^ to ^^ grain.

Areenii Iinlidum, dose ^^ to | grain.

l/«*tr is the A<o<liuiii i>alt obtained?

By fusing white arsenic, soilinm nitrate, and sodiumcarlx)nute, treating the fuseti mass with water, then driving

otr tln' water by ('X])osing t»i a temi>erature of 150* F.

Wli-j ..« i\. '/.</; ,., .>^<limu usetl

?

Tu form nitric acid which oxidises the Artteuious to

Arsenic Acid ; olhcrwisr an Arsenite would be formed.

71

What Prepco'tUion has Sodium Arsenate ?

Liquor Sodii Arsenatis, 1 per cent., dose 2 to 8 minims.

How is Anenii lodidum obtained 1 Whai is its Colour,

Preparation, and Dose t

By the direct union of Iodine and Arsenic.

It is orange in colour, and its prei)aration is Liquor

Areenii et Hydrargyri lodidi (Donovan's Solution), 1 per

cent., dose 5 to 20 minims.

What is Peculiar af>out the Dose ?

The maximum dose would contain i grain of Red Iodide

of Mercury, the official dose of which is ^ to yV grain.

Mention the External Action and Uses of Arsenious Acid.

It is a caustic, and is used to destroy new growths, and to

destroy the sensitive pulp of carious teeth, previous to

stopping them.

Hnir is it used as a Caiistir ?

In the form of a paste with some inert substance. If the

paste is dilute, much arsenic may be absorbed, but if strong,

the arsenic destroys the tissues and so prevents absorption.

Describe its Internal Actions an/l Uses.

Aliiibnt.\ry Systkm.— It is excreted by the gastric

mucous membrane, and in small doses acts as a gastric

stimulant, but in excessive doses as a severe gastric irritant.

CiRCULATouY System.—It is a slight cardiac siimulant,

and is quickly absorbed into the blood, and in diseases in

which the red corpuscles and haemoglobin are diminished, it

increases both.

Gbkeral Effects.—During its excretion by the various

tissues it influences metabf^lism by b<eing converted into

arsenic acid by protoplasm, and reconverted by venous blood

72

to arsenious acid. The fatty product of this change is re-

tained in the tissues.

It is used to stimulate the appetite in some forms of

dyspepsia, and should be given in small doses, always after

meals It has been proved valuable in chronic skin diseases

not owing their origin to an irritant.

It is beneficial in all causes of primary anaemia, and has

been used with success in rheumatoid arthritis.

In chorea, when accompanied by anaemia and cardiac

trouble, it undoubtedly does good.

What Conditions vhmHjij Ihe Dose of Arsenic f

It is modified by

—

1. Age.—Kelativcly, r-hildren can take more than adults.

Above five years the udult dose may be given ; an<i from

eight to puberty the dose may be larger than the adult dose.

2. Sex.—Female children and adolescents can take morethan male.

3. Habit.—The Styrians eat arsenic to the extent of

several grains per day, and thrive on it. They are ni>'un

taineers, and it is said to give them increased mustular

energy, improves nutrition and colour, and increases the

respiratory capacity, so that they can pursue their

work with greater ease, and with less muscular energy andwaste. It probably does so because it lessens the secretion

of carbonic acid, and muscle waste is also lessened.

4. Idigsynorasy.— Some persons can only take the very

smallest dose of arsenic without pro<lucing toxic ofl'ects.

\yhat are the Si'jns of Overdose?

Kpi^;i.stri(- t'uliu'ss, pain, and ttMulerness, a sense of

con^<tri('ti>>n in the thnuit, irrii^ition of the eyee and oedemaof the eyelids, twitching of the eyes and face, and silvery

fur u|)on the tongue ; occasionally there may be vomiting.

These signs indicate that th( full ]physiological etTe> t <<f th*

drug has been reached.

73

ANTIMONY.Name the Official Saifji of Antimony.

Antimoniuin Sulphuratiuii, dose 1 to 2 grains.

Antimonii Oxidum, dose 1 to 2 grains.

Antimonium Tartaratum, dose -^j to \ ;(emetic) J to 1

grain.

How i» Sulphurated Antimony obtained ?

By boiling the native sulphide with sublimed sulphur anda solution of caustic soda (this gives oxide of antimony andsulphide of sodium), and then treating the product with

Hj SO4, which precipitates the sulphide and a Uttle oxide of

antimony, leaving sulphate of sodium in solution.

Wfiat is Sulphurated Antimony, and what Preparation

contains it t

It is a mixture of sulphides and oxides of antimony. It

is used in Plummer's Pill—Pilula Hydrargjri Subcliloridi

Composita.

How is the Oxide prepared t Name its Preparation.

Pour a solution of antimonious chloride into water. This

will precipitate the oxychloride, which is then treated with

sodium carbonate to remove the chlorine, and the oxide

remains.

Pulvis Antimonialis, dose 3 to 6 grains.

Describe Tartar Emetic, and give ittt Official Preparation.

Antimonium Tartaratum, a double tartrate of antimonyand [ otassium, obtained by making an aqueous paste of

oxide of antimony and cream of tartar, allowing it to stand

for twenty-four hours, lx)iling in water, evaporating, andcrystallising. Viuum Antimoniale, dose 10 to 3U minims;and if used as an emetic, dose 2 to 4 drams.

How would you digtinguish between these Three Saltx t

Antimonium Sulphuratum is a dull red powder.

Antimonii Oxidum is a greyish white powder.

Antimonium Tartaratum is a colourless crystalline powder.

74

WJiat are their Actions and Vseo?

They are powerful depressants, diminisliing the force aiul

frequency of the cai-diac impulse, weakening respiration, and

causing a feeling of langour, inapitude for mental exertion,

and sleepiness. They are excreted by (1) the bronchial

mucous membrane, acting as depressing expectorants; (2)

by the skin, acting as diaphoretics; (3) by the bile, acting

as cholagogues; (4) by the kidneys, acting as diuretics.

Tartar Emetic induces vomiting, firstly by its direct effect on

the gastric mucosa ; secondly, after absorption, by stimula-

tion of the medullary vomiting centre, but its use as an

emetic is not to be recommended owing to its slowness of

action and its depressant effects.

Antimonial salts are used as depressant* in the early

stages of acute inflammatory diseases, as expectorants in the

early stages of acute bronchitis, and, combined Avith opium,

as sedatives in delirium tremens.

PHOSPHORUS.What w the Source of this Non-metal ?

Calcium Phosphate is treated witli H, S04, filtered and

evaporated ; the pnKluct is then heated with cliarcoal anddistilled.

Oire the Dose of Phoi^phornt^, and vicntion the I'reparatiuua

contutmnij Free Phosphorus.

1 ffo ^ -A gra»"-

1. Oleum Phosphoratum, u tiue 1 per cent, solution of

[)ho.splionis in almond nil, which must firet be licatod t«>

ttxpel air, then filtered to remove water and organic matter,

which would oxidise the phosphorus. A little oil of lemon

is added to conceal the nauset»us taste. Dose 1 to 5 minims,

2. Pilula Phusphori, containing 1 i>er cent, phosphorus,

doee 1 to 4 grains.

What is lied or A morpJions Phosphoruji ?

It is the prinluct fonned by heating official phosphorus

with hydrogen ; Ijeing very insoluble, it ia regiinled a^ non-

poisouous, owing to its not being capable of absorption by

the tissues.

De$eribe the Artkn 1 I

75

S'' of Phaophonis.

Tlie spougy tissue of Ijoues is thickened by tiepositioii of

true lx)ne, and the compact tissue is rendered more dense.

Large and repeatetl doses produce fatty degeneration of the

liver and muscles. It has been used in osteomalacia, rickets,

and in cases of ununited fracture, but its therapeutic effects

are limited and disappointing.

How is it excreteil ?

It enters the blood as phosphorus (not as phosphoric acid),

and is excretal in the urine as phosphates.

How does Phosphorus protJwe Fatty Degeneration ?

By preventing the complete oxidation of glycogen,

and the non-nitrogenous products of metabolism.

fat.

What other Drugs ad in a similar Manner ?

Arsenic and antimony.

POTASSIUM.Is this Metal Orfi'ial / Gire, icith Dof^e-^, if.-- Officiaf Salts.

No.Putassii

Potassii

P< (tassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassii

Potassa

Potassa

Bichroiuas

PermanganasChloras

CarbonasNitras

loilidum

liicarlxinas

BromidumSulphas

Tartras AcidusAcetas

Citras

Tartras

Sulphurata

Caustica

^ to } grain.

1 to 3 grains.

5 to 15 grains.

5 to 20 grains.

5 to 20 grains.

5 to 20 grains.

5 to 30 grains.

5 to 30 grains.

15 to 45 grains.

15 to 60 grains.

15 to 60 grains.

1 5 to 60 grains.30 to 240 grains.

[No dose.

76

POTASSII CARBONAS.

What other Name lias this iSalt, and how is it obtained ?

Salt of Tartar.

By the interaction of Potassium Sulphate and CalciumCarbonate.

Mention the Official Preparations containing it.

1. Liquor Arsenicalis (as a solvent of arsenic).

2. Decoctum Aloes Compositum (to dissolve the resin).

3. Mistura Ferri Composita (to form carbonate of iron).

WhcU are its Uses 1

As a soothing wash in skin diseases. It must be applied

very diluted, and not allowed to evaporate, a.s, when con-

centrated, it would act as an irritant.

Which Salts of Potassium are obtained from the Carbonate f

1. Potassii Bicarbonas. 2. Potassii Bichromas.3. Potassii Bromidum. 4. Potassii Acetas.

6. Potassii Citras. 6. Potassii Tartras.

7. Potassa Sulphuruta 8. Potassa Caustica.

POTASSII BICARBONAS.How is this Salt obtainsd 'f

By passing carbonic anhydride gas through a strongaqueous solution of Potassium Carbonate, and allowing theBiearboniite to crystallise out.

How does it differ^ in Properties, from the Carltonate f

It is less soluble and not deliquescent.

Desert its Actions and Uses.

It inhibits excessive secretion of the gastric juice, and is

given after meals in cases of acid dyspepsia. It cauSMdiuresis and renders the urine less acid, being administAKdin gout to assist tlu' excretion of uric acid.

77

POTASSII ACETAS.

How is it prepared, and how would you recognise it f

By saturating acetic acid with potassium carbonate,

evaporating and fusing tlie product.

It is very deliquescent, and has an odour of vinegar.

What are if.-* Actions and Uses ?

Is a neutral salt, and has no action on the gastric juice.

It enters the blootl as a carlx>nate, stimulates the renal

cells, acting as a fxjwerful diuretic, decreasing the amount of

solids in the urine, and rendering it alkaline. On account

of its urinary action it is used in rheumatic and goutydisorders, Bright's disease, ascites, etc.

How us>idd you prescribe it as a Diuretic ?

BPotassii Acetatis 3 iv.

Spiritus yEtheris Nitrosi 5 vi.

Succi Scoparii 5 iss.

Aq. Chloroformi ad J vi. Vt\^

Capiat cochleare magnum quartis horis.

POTASSII CITRAS.

How is it obtained t

By neutralising a solution of citric acid with potassiumcarbonate.

WTiai are its Actions and Uses f

Similar, in every respect, to the acetate.

POTASSII SULPHAS.

Hoic is this prepared ? Name the Preparations containing it.

By the interaction of sulphuric acid and potassium chloride.

1. Pilula Colocynthidis Composita.

2. Pilula Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami.3. Pulvis Ipecacuanhse Compositus.

4. Pilula Ipecacuanhse cum Scilla.

78

Why is if ii'i'hxii'd for these Preparations 1

On account of its hardness, for triturating tough vegetable

products, and also as a diluent.

POTASSII TARTRAS.

How is this Salt irrepared ?

By neutralising' excess of acid in Cream of Tartar with

carlx)nat<> of i>(itassiuiu.

POTASSII TARTRAS ACIDUS.

Hoic is this obtained f

By purification, with chalk and clay, of " Argol," which

is the crude tartar deposited in wine casks during fermen-

tation of grape juice.

Why is it called " Cream of Tartar " 7

Because the purest crystals are " skinimed " olV during

evaporation.

What preparations contain it ?

1. Confectio Sulphuris.

2. Trochiscus Sulj)huri8.

3. Pulvis Jala{>eB Compositus,

Describe the Actions of the Sulphate, Tartrate^ and Arid

Tartrate o/ Potassium.

Tliey all act as saline purgatives and diuretics. Whengiven in large doses, not much diluted, the specific gravity of

the contents of the stomach is increased aliove that of the

blood, and hy a process of osmosis, serum is effused into the

stomach, and a cathartic action is thus produced. If, on

the other hund, small, well diluted dose* are given^ absorp-

tion tako.s place, and the ialt, being converted into a

carl>onat(!, is conveyod by the blood as such to the kidneys,

where it i^ • liminated and produces diuresis. These aidts

are used in dropsy an<l ui-semia as purgatives, auJ are then

best combined with some v^etable purgative, e.g. Jalap,

so as to increase peristalsis, otherwise they might be re-

absorbed. Also used in eases of gall stones. esi)ecially the

sulphate which acts as a cholagogue.

POTASSII NITRAS.

What other Names Tuts thix Salt, ami hmc is it obtained 7

Nitre and Saltpetre.

It is obtaine<l by the action of Sodium Nitrate and Potas-

sium Chloride.

State its Actions and Uses.

It is a gastric irritant, and liable to cause vomiting. It is

a cardiac depres.sant. Small doses are diuretic, acting

directly on the renal cells, but large doses are liable t<)

cause hsematuria. It is also a mild diaphoretic. Its chief

use is for the treatment of asthma, blotting pajMir being

soaked in a strong solution of the salt, and, when dried,

lighted, and the fumes inhaled. It is a common ingretlient

of asthma powders.

POTASSII CHLORAS.

How is this prepared f

Pass Chlorine into water holding lime or magnesium in

suspension, treat the liquid with Potassium Chloride, and

crystallise the Potassium Chlorate.

What are its Characters f Name its Preparation,

Colourless, monoclinic crystals ; easily explodes on tritura-

tion with sxdphur, sugar, tannin, charcoal, or glycerine.

TrochiBcus Potassii Chloratis. 3 grains in each.

On ttJuU does its Actions depend ?

It yields its oxygen very readily, and on this account its

therapeutic action in stomatitis, pharyngitis, and tonsillitis

is always local.

80

What is its Effect on the Blood ?

Small doses have no effect, but in large doses the red

corpuscles are disintegrated, the hiemoglobin becomes con-

verted into methsemoglobin ; it is excreted by the urine

which is dark and contains granular debris. There mayalso be heematemosis.

POTASSII BICHROMAS.

Desrrilie the Pr^^paration of this Salt.

By roasting chrome ironstone with lime in the presence

of air, and treating the resulting chromate with a potassium

salt, then with an acid.

How icould you recognise it ?

Orange-red transparent crystals.

What otlier Salts of Potassium are coloured ?

Potassii Permanganas, purple. Potassii Sulphurata,

greenish.

How should the Bichromate be prescribed, and what are its

Uses?

As it oxidises readily and forms explosive compounds, it

is l)e8t prescribed in capsules, or in pills with kaolin.

It is given on an empty stomach for gastric ulcer.

It is used as a source of Chromic Acid.

POTASSII PERMANGANAS.

How is this obtained, and what is its Preparation f

By the intemction of Potassium Chlorate, Pota&siumHydroxide, and Manganese Dioxide.

Liquor Potassii Permanganatis, 1 per cent, dose 2 to 4drams.

On what does it depend for its Action t

When moist it readily parts with its oxygen, and, pn this

account, it is used as a disinfectant, deodorizer, and antiseptic.

MATERIA MEDICA.

PART 11.

CHEMICAL MATERIA MRDlCA—conhnued.

POTASSA CAUSTICA.

Deecribe iU Source^ and name its Preparation.

By the interaction of Potassium Carlx)nate and slaked lime.

Liquor Potassa contains 5 per cent, dose 10 to 30 minims.

Explain its Caustic Action,

It absorbs water fr in tlie tissues, passing deeply into

them, being very diffusive aiul painfxil. Its caustic action

may be neutralized I'V the application of vinegar.

What are mhic of it^ Uses ?

\. In strong solutions it is an escharotic, and dissolves

tissues.

2. In weak solutions it is antacid, and soothes the

gastric mucous membrane.

3. It makes the urine alkaline, and is therefore used to

dissolve uric acid deixwits.

4. It is used in strangury to sooth the genito-urinary

mucous membrane ; also in gonorrhoea, etc.

5. As a soothing wash in some skin diseases

—

e.g. erythema.

G. Also used because it has, in a well-marked degree, the

general features of alkalies.

P

82

7. It is said to remove obesity.

8. To lessen the viscidity of secretions, as in chronic

bronchitis.

POTASSA SULPHURATA.

Mention its Mode of Preparation and its other Name.

By heating a mixture of sulphur and potas-sium carbonate.

It is also known as Liver of Sulphur.

Whai are its Uses ?

Externally as an ointment for chronic skin diseases, an<l

as a bath (4 ounces to 30 gallons) for chronic psoriasis.

POTASSII BROMIDUM.

How is this Salt prepared ?

By the interaction of ferrous bromide with potassium

carbonate.

(For actions see Bromides.)

POTASSII lODIDUM.

How is it obtained t

Dissolve io«lin( in Ii(iuor potassee, and evaporate the

solution to dryness ; iliu residue is a mixture of iodate and

iodide. Heat the residue to redness with a little charcoal,

this unites with the oxygen of the iodate, forming carbonic

oxide, and reducing the iodate to iodide. I)i.ssolve in water,

filter, wash, and evaporate.

What are its PrejHirations t

Linimcntum Potassii lodidi cum Sapone.

Unguentum Potassii lodidi.

Is also contained, as a solvent, in all iodine preparations.

(For actions see Iodine.)

83

34

SODII BICARBONAS.

Describe He Source, and give its Common Name.

Pass COo tlirough a strong aqueous solution of the

carbonate, and let tlie salt crystallize out {vuh Potassium

Bicarbonas.)

Baking soda.

What are its Uses ?

A lotion of 10 grains to 1 ounce water is used as a

sedative to relieve itching. Its internal action is similar

to the corresponding i)otassium salt, but it is not depressant,

and is more slowly absorbed. It is often prescribed with

carbonate of l)isniuth to relieve dyspepsia. I^arge doses are

useful for diaVx'tic coma, as they neutralize the excess of

acids in the blood ; as much as two ounces being given for

this pur]M)se.

SODII PHOSPHAS.

Mention its Source and Official Preparation.

Make a solution of acid phosphate of calcium by digesting

"bone ash" in sulphuric acid. Filter the solution and add

carbonate of scnlium till the solution is alkaline.

Sodii Phosphas Kffervescens, dose 60 to 240 grains.

SODII SULPHAS.

Hote is this jtrp])ared, ami what is its Common Name oiwi

Preparation f

By tlie interaction of common salt with siilphuric acid.

Glauber's .<?alt8.

Stxlii Suljilm.'* Effer^'escens, dose 60 to 240 grains.

SODII ET POTASSII TARTRAS

What other Sames has this Salt, and how is if preftared f

Kochelle salt and tartaratcd sodn.

By neutralising cream of tartar with sodiuai carbonate.

85

W/uif i> .1' Si' lilt:: Poioder"?

It is a packet consisting of an alkaline powder in bluepaper, and an acid powder in white paper. The blue papercontains a mixture of Rochelle salt, 120 grains, and sodiumbicarbonate, 40 grains ; the white paper contains 38 grains

of tartaric acid.

Enumerate the Purgative Salts of Sodium.

1. SoDii Phouphas and its effervescent preparation.

2. SoDii Sulphas and its effervescent preparation.

3. SoDii et PoTAssii Tarthas and its effei-vescent pre-

paration.

What other Efffrr. >/•. nf Preparation of Sodium is there f

Sodii Citro-tartras Etfervesccns, dose 60 to 120 grains.

How do these act as Purgatives f

In a similar manner to the purgative potassium salts, but,

being more slowly absorbed, they pass on into the intestine,

and there exert a more efficient action than the potassiumsalts.

What are their i'se^s 1

As purgatives for habitual constipation and gouty con-stipation. ' As cholagogues, the phospliate and sulphate beingused. In cases of gall-stones the sulphate has provedbeneficial.

SODII CHLORIDUM.

State the Actions and Uses of " Common Salt " ?

1. As an article of diet, it replaces the sodium chlorideof the blood-plasma which has been used in tissue metabolism.

2. In large quantities it withdraws fluid from the gastro-

intestinal mucous membrane, acts as an irritant, and inducesvomiting.

3. Rectal injections are used as an anthelmintic for thread-worms.

86

4. One teaspoonful dissolved in a pint of cooled boiled

water forms a normal saline solution, which, when injected

in cases of collapse due to loss of blood or other fluid, acts

as a restorative.

SODII SULPHIS.

How is this i/repared ?

By saturating a solution of sodium carbonate with

sulphurous acid gas.

What are its Uses ?

In the stomach it is decomposed by acids, and gives off

sulphurous anhydride, which, acting as an antiseptic, arrests

fermentation. Externally it is used as a mild antiparasitic.

SODIUM ACID PHOSPHATE.

What is this iSiilf ?

It is phosphate of soilium in which one atom of sodium is

replaced by one atom of hydrogen.

Does it exist in the Body t Mention its Use.

Yes. It is the cause of the natural acidity of the urine.

It is administered in conjunction with hexamine in cases

where the urine is alkaline from cystitis.

SODII BROMIDUM.

How is this pr^pand t

By the interaction of ferrous bromide with sodiumcarbonate, (for action vide Bromides).

SODII lODIDUM.

How is this obtained (

In a similar way dm the jMiUiatiuiia sail, ^ubuliiuting tlie

sodium for the |H)tassium elements (for action vide Iodidks).

87

SODII HYPOPHOSPHIS.

Hou it this obtained^ and what is it used for t

By adding sodium carbonate to a solution of calcium

hypophoephite and evaporating. It is used as a tonic in

phthisis.

SODII ARSENAS ANHYDROSUS.

Describe its Source, Preparation, and Action.

Fuse together araenious anhydride, sodium carbonate andsodium nitrate ; dissolve the fused product in water andcrystallise ; this forms crystallised sodium arsenate, whichwhen exposed to a temperature of 150° forms AnhydrousArsenate of Sodium. Its prei)aration is Liquor Sodii

Arsenatis, 1 |>er cent, dose, 2 to 8 minims. It depends for

its action solely on the Arsenic {q.v.),

SODII NITRIS.

How is this prepared^ and what is its Action f

By fxising sodium nitrate with lead, the latter extracts

oxygen from the nitrate and converts it into a nitrite. Ite

action is similar, but slower, to the other nitrites {q.v.).

SODII BENZOAS.

How is this Salt obtained, and on what does it depend for its

Action?

By neutralising a solution of Benzoic acid with sodiumcarbonate. It depends for its Action on the Benzoic radicle

(vide Benzoic acid).

SODII SALICYLAS.

State the Source, Actions, and Uses.

By acting on sodium carbonate with salicylic acid.

1. It is antipyretic, causing a slight increase of })erspiration.

2. It increases the solids and the amount of bile.

88

3. It is adniinisteiiMl in rheumatic fever, the micro-

organism of which forms formic acid, but the

salicylate counteracts this formation {vide Acid

Salicylic).

SODII BIBORAS.

What is the comvion Name of tliis Salt? Give its Source

and Prejiarations.

Borax. It is produced by neutralising boric acid with

sodium carbonate. Its preparations are, Glycerinum

Boracis; Mel Boracis.

Describe its Uses.

1. Astringent and sedative to mucous membranes.

2. Antiseptic and disinfectant in stomatitis and ulcerated

throats.

3. In epilepsy, combined with bromides.

4. As a food preservative.

Contrast the Actions of Sodium Salts with Potassium Salts.

1. Sodium salts are more slowly absorl)ed.

2. Sodium salts are less diffusible.

• 3. Sodium salts are weak diuretics.

4. Sodium salts, as exiiectorants, increase the liquefaction

of sputum to a greater extent, and facilittite its expulsion.

5. Sodium salts are poor solvents of Uric acid.

AMMONIUM SALTS.

Enumerate^ with Doses, the Official Salts.

1. Ammonii Carbonas, dose 3 to 10 grains.

2. Ammonii Chloridum, dose 5 to 20 grains.

3. Ammonii Benzoas, dose 5 to 15 grains.

4. Ammonii Bromidum, dose 5 to 30 grains.

What is the Source of the Carbonate t

Obtained by boating a mixture of Ammonium Chloride(Uid Calcium Carlxuiato, when the Amnu)nium Carbonatewill riso as a vapour and In^come cotidensed.

89

Pure Salt t

No ; it is a variable compound composed of the AcidCarbonate of Animonium with Carbamate of Ammonium.

What is the Official Preparation f

Spiritus Ammouise Aromaticus (Spt. of Sal Volatile), dose

20 to 90 minims.

Degeribe the Actions of the Carbonate.

In small doses it acts as a stomachic, and reflexly stimulates

the heart.

It is supposed to diminish the liability of the blood to clot.

It stimulates the vaso-motor centre, causing contraction of

the arterioles, with subsequent rise of blood-pressure.

It stimulates the medullary respiratory centre, acting as a

stimulating expectorant.

It is converted into Urea by the liver, and excreted as such

by the kidneys.

In large doses it acts as a c/tree/ emetic.

AMMONII CHLORIDUM.

Hote is this prepared f Uicf itt< Actions ami Uses.

By neutralising a crude solution of Ammonia with

Hy(bochloric Acid.

As an inhalation, it increases secretion of mucus in

Pharyngitis, Laryngitis and Bronchitis.

It is administered internally in Neuralgia, Hepaticbiliousness, and jmins of the Uterus and Ovaries.

(I) AMMONII BENZOAS. (2) AMMONII BROMIDUM.

How are these Salts obtained ?

(1) By neutralising Benzoic Acid with Ammonia andevaporating (for action vvie Acid Benzoic).

(2) By neutralising Ilydrobroiuic Acid vrith Ammoniaand crystallising (for actions vide Bromides).

90

LITHIUM.

Who/ ((ir liic (Jjj'h-ial k>alh i>j' lhi.-< MetaU

1. Lithii Carbonas, obtained from native .silicitcs of

Litliiuni, dose 2 to 5 grains.

2. Lithii Citras, obtained by neutralising the pretliu^with Citric Acid, dose 5 to 10 grains.

Name the Preparation of the Citrate.

Lithii Citras Eflfervescens, dose 60 to 120 <;rains.

Mention the Actionn and Uses of these Salts.

They are converted into chloriiles in the stomadi, and are

excreted by the urine, whiih is rendered alkaline, andincrea.sed in quantity. They have been ailniinist.icil in

Chronic Gout, and Uric Acid Calculus, but to luiictit the

former they must be given in large doses, and an' thus liable

to irritate the alimentary tract.

The Citrate is most frequently used because it is soluble

1 in 2 of water ; the Carbonate is soluble 1 in 80 of water.

CALCIUM.Ennmer(tt,\ in'fh Dofte.'<, the (fjjirial Salts.

Calx Sulpliurata 4 ** ^ grain.

Caleii Ily|i..|,li,..i,liis 3 to 10 grains.

Cal<'ii ('iil'i'iiluiii 5 to 15 grains.

Calcii rtm^iili.is 5 to 15 grains.

Calcii LuoUis 10 to 30 grains.

Calcii Carlxmas pKecipihitu- 10 to 60 grains.

Creta Prwparatn 15 to 60^ grains.

CalxI

Calcii Hydra-s > No dose.

Calx Chlnrinata )

CRETA PRiEPARATA.

Wh'it is this Salt f Give, irith I )('.<.-, if.< Pi' /hvh lions.

It is n;itui:il ('al'iuMi 1 'arliuii.i; ':"iii ni"st ! ii>

91

impurities by elutriation, axx^ drying, and known as "^Pre-

pare<l Chalk."

1. Hydrargynuu cum Creta, doee 1 to 5 grains.

2. Mistura Cretae, dose | to 1 ounce.

3. Pulvis CretK Aromaticus, dose 10 to 60 grains.

CALCII CARBONAS PRiECIPITATUS.

Describe this Salt, the Preparation containing it, and itn

Actions and Uses.

It is another form of Chalk, prepared by boiling together

solutions of Calcium Chloride and Sodium Carbonate ; knownas "Precipitated Chalk."

It is one of the ingredients in Trochiscus Bismuthi Com-pusitus.

It is Antacid, and used in Acid Dyspepsia.

It is astringent, and used in Diarrhoea.

It is used as the basis of tooth powders. Being very in-

soluble, it is liable to form concretions in the intestines.

CALX.

What u the other Name, and whai is its Source and Use f

Calcium Oxide.

Obtained by calcining Chalk, thus driving off the COj.

It is used in the preparation of

—

CALCII HYDRAS.

How is this prepared ? Give its other Names.

By the interaction of Water and Calx.

It is also known as Calcium Hydroxide and "SlakedLime."

WTiat are its Preparations, Actions, and Uses t

1

.

Liquor Calcis, dose 1 to 4 ounces.

2. Liquor Calcis Saccharatus, dose 20 to 60 minims.

£xtemally it is Caustic, but Liquor Calcis is astringent.

Internally it is Antacid, mildly astringent, and allays

vomiting.

92

It is used, mixed with Caustic Potash, to form " Vienna

Paste," which is applied externally to destroy warts.

In the form of Li(juor Calcis it prevents the formation of

curds in the stomach, and for this purixwe is mixed with

the milk.

It is used as an injection for leiicorrhoea, gleet, and thread-

worms.

CALCII PHOSPHAS.

Mention its Source and Use.

By the interaction of Calcium C'lilmiilf with SikUuiu

Phosphate and excess of Ammonia at a liuiliny Lemperaluif.

It is used as a diluent in Pulvis Antimonialis and V.\

tractum Eunnymi.

Hob it any " direct " preparation f

No. But it is chemically formed by the action of Pho.s-

plioric Acid and Calcium Lactate in the official prepamtion

of Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. Dt)se ^ to 1 dram.

Oive it$ Actions and Uses,

It is not a very diffusable salt, verj- little of it being ah

sorbed. It is a most important constituent of bones, and

so is administersd to increase the growth and help the union

of fractured lx)nes, especially in pregnant women. Used also

in rickets.

Milk, yolk of egg, vegetables, contain Calcium Salts.

CALX SULPHURATA.

/# this a Pure Salt f

No, it is a mixture of 50 [>eT cent. Calcium Sulphide witli

some Carbon and much Calcium Sulphate.

Mention its Mode of Preparation and itn Uses.

Hy heating a mixture of Calcium 8ulp)iat<> (Plaster of

Paris) and wo«xl charcoal.

It 18 used, in pill form, for various glandular uuiargements

and for iMtlammutory processes folhnviiig influenza.

93

CALCII CHLORIDUM.

How %8 thU prepared^ awl what are its Pharmtieeutical

Uteg?

By neutraluing Hydrochloric Acid with Calciiun Carbonate

aiul evaporating.

Owing to its great affinity for water, it is used for drying,

in the preparation of Chloroform and Ether and Rectified

Spirit.

CALCII LACTAS.

How M this prepared ?

Similar to preceding, substituting Dilute Lactic Acid for

the Hydrochloric.

What are the Actions and Uses of these Tico Salts ?

Owing to their {H)wer of increasing the rate of coagulation

of the blood, they are administered in Aneurysm, Haemop-tysis, Haemophilia, Jaundice, and all ca-ses where Hamorrhageis the predominating feature. They are also administered in

chilblains.

CALX CHLORINATA.

Source and Preparations and the Cause of Activity

of the Salt.

By passing Chlorine gas over Slaked Lime.Liquor Calcis Chlorinatae, which yielda 3 per cent, of

Chlorine.

Liquor SodiB Chlorinatse, which yields 2*5 per cent, of

Chlorine, and is administered internally. Doae 10 to 20minims.

The liberation of Chlorine ga«.

IVhat are the Actions and Uses of ChJorine Gas?

It has a great affinity for Hydrogen, and on this accuunt

all articles to be disinfected must be moistened, so that the

Hydrogen molecule of wat^r rinites with ihe Chlorine andliljerates Oxygen. Ou this account Chlorine is a most

94

powerful (Imnfectant and decxlorize)'. It is also used in the

form of Chlorine water as a wash for foul ulcers and dis-

charges. Internally, it is used as a gargle in septic con-

ditions of mouth and throat.

CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS.

flow i$ this obtained, ami wliat is it used for ?

By heating phosphonis with slaked lime and water.

It is given as a general tonic in Phthisis.

MAGNESIUM.

Euiwierdf'S, rcilli J}".<e--<, tJie Official Salts.

Repeated doses. Sin|;le doM.

Magnesii Carbona.s Ponderosus. 5 to 20 grs. 30 to 60 grs.

Magnesii Carbonas Levis. Do. do.

Magnesia Ponderosa. Do. do.

Magnesia Levis. ^_

—

--I!]Ul do.

Magnesii Sulphas. ^ 30 to 90 gre^ i to J oiukc.

MAGNESII SULPHAS.

Wfiat is its popular yaitie ? Give its Various Somrts.

Epsom Salts.

1. rurificatioii of tlie native Sulphate.

1'. liitciiutiMii nf " Dolomite" and Sulphuric Arid.

3. Interaction of "Magnesite" ami Sul|>hurii Acid.

Describe ^^ DolnmUr " and Magnesite.

The former i.'^ native Carbonate of Calcium and Magiio>iuiii,

ami till' 1 ittci iiiiivr Magnesium Carbonate.

What other Salts resvhihh' /he Sulphate ?

1. Ziiu- Suliiliatf, wliicli !•< UBAVIER, with a JiF.rAi.i.ii .

ASTRINOKNT tHHte.

2. Load Acetate, which has a 8WBKT TA8TK andnil.' ,

;. Ai 1.1. uhiih lia.> L.viuiKH cn\--tals, aiui a .sorii

tasUi.

96

yame the Oj/iria/ Preparatione.

Magnesii Sulphas EtFervescens, dose 1 dram to 1 ounce.

Mistura Sennse Composita, dose 1 to 2 ounces.

The other Magnesium Salts are prepared directly or in-

directly from the Sulphate.

WhcU are its AppliccUions ?

1. As a saline purgative. It is usually given along with

some v^etable cathartic, as in the "black draught." It

modifies osmosis, attracts water, and stimulates the intestinal

glands.

2. It is useful in febrile conditions, because it removesthe water of the blood, and is therefore a kind of blood-

letting, and has supplanted venesection.

3. Also, for the same reasons, it is used to get rid of fluids,

as in dropsy ; and, in congestion of the head, where blood-

letting is out of the question. This action is said to be

rendered much more easy by adding ferrous sulphate.

4. As an antidote to acute lead poisoning, as it forms the

insoluble sulphate. This must not be allowed to pass downthe canal, and therefore an emetic and purgative must begiven.

5. In small doses it is a diuretic. Diuresis is always

produced when sulphate of magnesium is given ; this is dueto the fact that a small dose is, as it were, left in the ali-

mentary canal, and thus acts as a diuretic.

MAGNESII CARBONAS PONDEROSUS.How it this obtained, and tvhat are its Preparations t

By mixing strong boiling solutions of Sulphate o

Magnesium and Carbonate of Sodium, evaporating anddrying.

Liquor Magnesii Bicarbonatis, or "Fluid Magnesia."Dose 1 to 2 ounces. Also used in the preparation of

Trochiscus Bismuthi Compositus.

MAGNESII CARBONAS LEVIS.

Mention its Mode of Preparation.

In a similar manner to the preceding, but the solutions

uiupt 1k' dilute and cold when mixed, and boiled afterwanls.

96

MAGNESII OXIDUM.

Name the OJicial Varieties.

Magnesia Ponderosa, obtained by heating the hkavyCarbonate. Magnesia Levis, obtained by heating the light

Carbonate. Heating is required to expel the Carbonic

Acid Gas.

What other Names have the Oxides ? State the Preparation

in which they occur.

Heavy Calcined Magnesia.

Light Calcined Magnesia.

Pulvis Rhei Compositus (Gregory's Powder) may contain

eitlier.

Describe tJie Actions and Uses of the Carbonates and Oxides 1

They are antacid, giving off Carbonic Acid in the case of

the Carbonates, which is a gastric sedative. When decom-

posed by the gastric juice, chloride, lactate, and bicarbonate

of magnesium are formed. They are saline purgatives, but

to a less extent than the Sulphate. Being insolulde andabsorbed with difficulty, their actions on the blood andurine are less marked than the Potassium and Sodium Salts.

By alkalizing the gastric contents they hinder absorption of

alkaloids, and are therefore antidotes to these substances.

They are used in Acid Dyspepsia and in Heartburn, also

in the treatment of Gout combined with Colchicum.

PLUMBUM.

Name the OJicial Salts.

1. Plumbi Oxidum. 2. Plumb Acetas. 3. Plumbilo^li.l inn

What IS Lifhnrye, and hoto ivould i/ou r«cogfiiae itt Git^e

its Official Preparation.

It is IMumbi Oxidum. obtained by roasting leiul in air.

It i^« a PAM, RHiCK-RKD, iiKAVY, scaly powdor.

Emplastrum Plumbi.

97

What h " Sugar of Lead " and its Dose ?

Plumbi Acetas ; obtained by dissolving Lead Oxide in

dilute Acetic Acid.

1 to 5 grains.

It is a white crystalline powder, with an acetous odour

and sweet taste.

Name its Preparations.

Pilula Plumbi cum.Opio. 12 per cent Opium. Dose 2

to 4 grains.

Suppositoria Plumbi Composita. 1 grain of Opium in each.

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Fortis.

Plumbi lodidi.

What is peculiar about the Official Liquor? Give its

Popular Name.

Although matle from the Acetate, the lead salt in Solution

is Subacetate.

Goulard's Extract.

What Preparations contain it t

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus (Goulard's Lotion).

Glycerinum Plumbi Subacetatis.

Unguentum Plumbi Subacetatis. •

How is Plumbi lodidum prepared? Describe it, and give

its Official Preparation.

By mixing solutions of Lead Acetate and Potassium

Iodide and drying the precipitate.

It is a heavy, bright-yellow powder.

Its oflScial preparation is Unguentum Plumbi lodidi.

In what Property do the Lead Salts differ t

In solubility. Lead Acetate is soluble (1 in 2 of water),

the other salts are insoluble.

98

Describe the A ctions and Uses of Lead Salts.

Applied externally to sores and nlrcrs, their action is

fourfold, viz. :

—

(a) They coagulate the albumen of the discharge.

(b) They coagulate the albumen of the surrounding tissues.

(c) They, directly, contract the local arterioles.

(d) They act as local sedatives.

For these reasons they are excellent astringents.

The Acetate is the only salt administered internally, andits actions on mucous surfaces are sijnilar to the above, andalthough, in the stomach, it is converted into a chloride, its

astringent and haemostatic action is exerted on the wholealimentary canal. Lead Salts are used externally in weepingeczema and ulceration ; as lotions in vulvitis, leucorrhoea,

gleet, and otorrhoea. Internally, the Acetate is used as anastringent in Diarrhaa, as a haemostatic in Gastric Ulcer

and Intestinal Haemorrhages.

In what Variety of Ulceration is Lead contra-indicated f

In ulceration of the Cornea, as the insoluble sulpliate maybe deposited between tlie corneal layers and cause penuanentopacity.

ARGENTUM.

Name the Official Salt, its Mode of Preparation, and its

Common Name.

Argenti Nitras. Dosei-

toj^grain.

By the interaction of Silver and Nitric Acid.

Lunar Caustic.

WhcU are the Preparations, and hotv are they obtained t

1. Argenti Nitnia Induratus or Toughened Caustic.

2. Argenti Nitras Mitigatus or Mitigated Caustic.

By fusing iSilvor Nitrate with Potassium Nitrate (5 percent, for Induratu.s, 65 |)er cent, for Mitigatus) and pouringthe product into moulds.

99

Dtterihe the External Action» and Uses of Silver Salts.

Silver nitrate is a caustic, more powerful than the LeadSalts, but it does not penetrate deeply into the tissues : it is

also Hseniostatic and Astringent, acting similarly to Lead.

Its application as an astringent lotion is accompanied bypain and irritation, so that it differs in this respect fromlotions of Lead. It is employed to destroy warts and ex-

cessive granulations. As a lotion it is applied to indolent

ulcers and bedsores. In a solution of 5 grains to 1 ounce of

water, it is used as an injection in gleet. Weaker solutions

(2 grains to 1 ounce) are employed for granular lids in

ophthalmia. It is also applied to boils and smallpox vesicles

to prevent pitting.

How ttxntld you make an aqueous Solution, and how should

it be given internally t

With Distilled Water, because the presence of chlorides

and organic impurities would decompose the nitrate.

It should be given in the form of a Pill made with Kaolin.

Describe its Internal Actions and Uses.

In the stomach the Nitrate is decomposed by the hydro-

chloric acid and mucus, into Chloride and an Albuminate, andthe Silver is absorbed. That absorption of the metal takes

place is proved by the presence of discoloured skin andmucous surfaces in cases where the use of the drug has been

long continued. It has been used in gastric ulcers, in com-

bination with Opiimi ; in cholera infantum and diarrhoea,

and as a sedative to the nervous system in epilepsy andchorea.

What is '* Argyria"

t

It is a brown or black discolouration of the gums, buccal

mucous membrane, and skin, due to the deposit of metallic

silver, and is produced by the administration of silver Salts

for a long period.

100

ZINCUM.

Name the Official Salts which are given internally.

1. Zinci Acetas, dose 1 to 2 grains.

2. Zinci Valerianas, dose 1 to 3 grains.

3. Zinci Sulphas, dose (tonic) 1 to 3 grains, (emetic) 10 to

30 grains.

4. Zinci Oxidum, dose 3 to 1 grains.

IV/uU are the remaining Salts ?

1. Zinci Chloriduni.

2. Zinci Carbonas.

3. Zinci Oleostearas.

ZINCI CHLORIDUM.

/low is this prepared, and what are its Characters t

By the interaction of Hydrochloric Acid and Zinc.

In colourless opaque rods or tablets, very deliquescent.

They are distinguished, by their Astringent feeling, from the

rods of Caustic Potash, which have a Soapy feeling, and are

usually thinner.

Describe its Actions and Uses, and give ita Preparation.

It is a powerful caustic, })enetrating deeply ; also a strong

antiseptic. It is used to destroy warts, nsevi, lupoid

jmtches, etc.

Liquor Zinci Chloridi.

ZINCI SULPHAS.

State the Source and Official Preparation.

By the inU>raction of Zinc and Sulphuric Acid.

Unguentum Zinci Oleatis.

101

JDeaeribe its Actions and Uses.

Applied to an ulcerated surface it acts as an astringent.

It is usetl also as an injection in gonorrhoea, leucorrhoea,

vulvitis ; as an astringent application in conjunctivitis In-

ternally in large doses it acts directly on the stomach, as a

prompt emetic without producing depression. In smaller

doses its astringent effect is beneficial in diarrhoea, and it is

given as a nervous depressant in hysteria, epilepsy, andchorea.

What is " Lotto Eubra " ?

It is " Red Lotion," an aqueous solution of Zinc Sulphate

(2 grains to 1 ounce) coloured red with compound tincture

of lavender.

ZINCl CARBONAS.

How is this prepared /

By boiling together solutions of Zinci Sulphate andSodium Carbonate and drying the precipitated salt.

What is " Calamine " ;

Impure Zinc Carbonate, which is not official.

What are the Uses of the Official Salt ?

Rarely used except to make the oxide and acetate, butthe impure salt is an ingredient in many ointments andlotions for eczema.

ZINCI OXIDUM.

How may this be prepared f

1. By reducing the Carbonate at a iluU i-ed heat.

2. By the combustion of metallic zinc in air.

Name the Official Preparation, and describe its Uses.

Unguentum Zinci.

Externally for excoriated surfaces and slight ulceiaii-.n-.

102

Internally, as an astringent to check the night sweats of

phthisis.

ZINCI OLEOSTEARAS.

Describe this Salt, and give its Use.

It is an insoluble white amorphous powder, prepared by

mixing a solution of hard and curd soaps with a solution

of zinc sulphate.

It is used as an application to sores and ulcers, whena mild astringent effect is desirable.

ZINCI ACETAS.

How is this obtained, and what is it used for ?

By dissolving zinc carbonate in diluted acetic acid,

boiling and drying the crystallised product.

Similar to the sulphate.

ZINCI VALERIANAS.

Give the Source and Uses.

By saturating iso-valerianic acid with zinc carbonate.

It is used in Hysteria and other neurotic conditions, also

in Aneemia.

CUPRUM.

What is the OJicial Salt? Give its Common Names andSource.

Cupri Sulphas, dose (astringent) ^ to 2 grains ;(emetic)

5 to 10 grains.

Bluestonc, Blue Vitriol.

It is obtained by the interaction of copper and diluted

sulphuric acid.

Deaeribe its Actions and Uses.

Applied externally to reduce exuUraui yianulatious, it

ha.H a powerful caustic effect. In dilute solutions it is

103

astringent and antiseptic, and is used for the same purposes

as zinc sulphate. Internally, in small doses, it is strongly

astringent, and is used for severe diarrhoea. In larger

doses it acts directly on the stomach as a powerful emetic,

and for this purpose is employed in infantile bronchitis andlaryngitis. As an antidote in cases of phosphorus poisoning

it is particularly serviceable, being deix)sited as copper onthe phosphorus, rendering it inert.

Contrast its Emetic Action toith thai of Zinc Sulphate.

It is more irritating that the zinc salt, acting morereadily, but if it fails to act, the stomach must be emptiedby other means, otherwise the copper sulphate will cause

acute inflammation.

BISMUTHUM.

Name the Official Salts, toith Doses.

1. Bismuthi Carbonas |

2. Bismuthi Subnitras > Dose 5 to 20 grains.

3. Bismuthi Sadicylas j

How is the Carbonate obtained f Mention its other Namesand Preparation.

By the interaction of Bismuth Nitrate and AmmoniumCarbonate.

It is also called Bismuth Oxycarbonate, Bismuth Sub-

carbonate, and is found in Trochiscus Bismuthi Com-positus.

How is the Subnitrate prepared, and by what other Nameis it knotcn f

By the interaction of Bismuth Nitrate and water. It is

also known as Bismuth Ozynitrate.

What Precautions are necessary in prescribing it t

With water it always yields a little free acid, and hence

when ordered with Bicarbonate of Sodium, there is libera-

104

tion of COo, or if onlered with Potassium Iodide, there is

liheration of free Iodine. These incompatibilities are

overcome by substituting Bismuthi Carbonas.

What is the Official Preparation f

Liquor Bismuthi et Ammonii Uitratis, dose J to 1 dram.

How is Bismuthi Salicylas prepared ? Give its other Name.

By the interaction of Sodium Salicylate and BismuthNitrate.

It is also called Bismuth Oxysalicylate.

W/iat are the Internal Actions and Uses of Bismuth Salts f

Tliey act as astringents to the intestinal tract and are

antiseptic. The Subnitrate splits up into Bismutli Oxideand Nitric Acid, which form Bismuth Sulpliide and nitrous

vapours, the former colouring the foeces black, and the

latter acting as an antiseptic.

Bismuth Salts are used to check various gastric disorders,

such as gastric pain, vomiting due to chloroform, pregnancy

or ulcer. They are also used in diarrhoea.

How should these Salts be dispensed t

As they are all insolul)le, they should, when prescril)ed

in a mixture, be suspended with tragacanth powder. Acacia

powder should not be used, because this forms a compact

mass wliich is not easily disintegrated.

Are Bisrmith Salts used externally f

They are dusted on sores as protectives and miltl

astringents.

ALUMINIUM.What is Alumen f

Alum may be either a mixture of the Sulphate of

Aluminium and P(»t4is.si»im (PotOHsium Alum), or a mixture

of the Sulphates of Aluminium and Ammonium (AmmoniumAlum).

105

Give the Dose and the Official Preparation.

5 to 10 grains.

The official preparation is Glycerinum Aluminis.

Describe Exsiccated Alum t

It is Potassium Alum from which 45 per cent, of the

wat<?r has been driven oflf with heat.

What is Kaolin? Mention the Official Preparation con-

taining it.

It is a native Silicate of Aluminium powdered and freed

from gritty particles.

Pilula Phosphori.

What are the Uses ofAlum ?

It is applied as a lotion to ulcers and sores, when, bycoagulating the albumen of the discharges, it acts as an

astringent. It also coagulates the albumen of the surround-

ing tissues, compressing and occluding the blood vessels,

thus acting as a haemostatic. It is used as an astringent in

weeping eczema, vulvitis, leucorrhoea and gleet ; as a gargle

in tonsilitis, pharyngitis, etc. It is a gastric irritant, andis used to produce emesis in infantile bronchitis.

FERRUM.

In what Forms is Metallic Iron official f

1. Ferrum, annealed iron wire or wrought-iron nails free

from oxide.

2. Ferrum Redactum (Reduced Iron), containing not le.ss

that 80 per cent, of metallic iron with some iron oxide,

doee 1 to 5 grains.

Nav "'icd Preparation of Iron Wire.

Viimm rt'rri, dost- 1 to 4 drams.

106

How is Redticed Iran obtained? Give its Official Pre-paration.

By passing Hydrogen gas over Ferric hydroxide heated in

a guu-bjirrel.

Its ofticial preparation is Trochiscus Ferri Redacti, eachcontaining 1 grain.

In what Form do the Official Salts of Iron exist f

In the Ferrous condition (except the Scale Preparations).

JVame the Official Ferrous Salts, with their Doses.

1. Ferri Sulphas, dose 1 to 5 grains.

2. Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus, dose ^ to 3 grains.

3. Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus, dose 10 to 30 grains.

4. Ferri Pliosphas Saccharatus, dose 5 to 10 grains.

FERROUS SALTS.

FERRI SULPHAS.

How is this prepared, and what are its Characters andOfficial Preparation ?

Dissolve iron wire in dihited Sulphuric Acid and crystallist

.

Pale green, oblique, rhombic prisms, with a styptic tuste.

Mistura Ferri Composita ("Griffith's Mixture"), dose ^ to

1 ounce.

FERRI SULPHAS EXSICCATUS.

Oive its Source, Character, and Preparations.

Heat the sulphate crystals to 212' F. till aqueous vapourceases to be given off. It is a dirty white powiler whicheasily absorbs water. Its preparations are Pihda Ferri

(Blaud's Pill), do.<?e 5 to 16 grains; Pilula AKh's et Ferri,

doee 4 to 8 grains.

107

FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUS.

How is this prepared, and what is its Composition ?

Mix together aqueous solutions of Ferrous Sulphate and

Ammonium Carbonate ; collect the precipitate, dry it and

mix with sugar.

It is a mixture of Peroxide of Iron, sugar and not less

than 50 per cent of Ferrous Carbonate.

FERRI PHOSPHAS SACCHARATUS.

Describe its Mode of Preparation ?

Mix aqueous solutions of Ferrous Sulphate and SodiumPhosphate, adding Bicarbonate of Sodium, washing and

drying the precipitate and mixing it with sugar.

Why is Sodium Bicarbonate added ?

To neutralise the sulphuric acid which is formed by the

reaction, as this acid would dissolve the phosphate of iron.

What other Preparations contain Phosphate of Iron f

1. Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis, dose J to 1 dram.

2. Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis cum Quinina et Strychnina,

known as Easton's Syrup, dose ^ to 1 dram.

Name another Syrtip containing Iron.

Syrupus Ferri lodidi, dose J to 1 dram.

FERRIC SALTS.

Are there any of these Official 1

Not in the form of Salts, but there are two Liquors whichare solutions of Ferric Salts, viz. Liquor Ferri Perchloridi

Fortis, and Liquor Ferri Per-ulpliatis {vvle Liquores).

108

What is Liquor Ferri Persulphatis used for ? Name these

Freparations.

It is used to prepare the ' * Scale Preparations " of Iron.

1. Ferri et Ammonii Citras^

2. Ferri et Potassii Tartrasldose 5 to 10 grains.

3. Ferri et Quininae Citras j

FERRI ET AMMONII CITRAS.

IJow is this prepared, and what are its Characters andOfficial Preparation ?

It is made by precipitating a diluted solution of the

persulphate with a diluted solution of ammonia, drying the

l)recipitate and dissolving it in a hot solution of citric acid

;

then neutralise with ammonia, evaporate, and dry in thin

layers on porcelain or glass plates ; and then break up into

scales. It is found in garnet-coloured scales, soluble 2 in 1

of water. Its preparation is Vinum Ferri Citratis, dose

1 to 4 drams.

FERRI ET POTASSII TARTRAS.

Mention its Mode of Preparation and Characters.

Similar to the preceding, substituting Acid Tartrate of

Potassium for Acid Citric. It has very deep ganiet-coloured

scales, soluble 1 in 4 of water.

FERRI ET QUININiE CITRAS.

How is this prepared f Give its Characters.

Similar to Ferri et Ammonii Citnw,. but freshly pre-

cipitated Quinine is also dissolved in the hot solution of

citric acid. It is found in greenish yellow or golden scales,

yery deliquescent, and soluble 2 in 1 of water.

Whnf t.i tfif Jiane of the three Scale Frepetitions t

Ferric Hydratt'.

109

Detrrtfte fhe External Arfion of the " Fem> SaJf.<(."

When applieil U> abraded skin, sores, ulcers, etc., they

coagulate the albumen of the discharge and of the surround-

ing tissues, as well us coagulating the blood, and are therefore

ver)- powerful Astringents and Haemostatics.

Why do Iron Preparations, when taken internally, blacken

the Teeth and 7'ongtie, and how can this be avoided ?

Because the Sulphur, derived from the food and the

tartar on the teeth, forms Sulphide of Iron. The blackening

can be avoided by taking the preparations through a quill or

a glass tube.

What is the Effect on the Stomach when Iron is administered ?

All Iron Salts given by the mouth are converted into

Ferric Chloride in the stomach. If strongly acid salts are

given, the acid set free, after the formation of the chloride,

will act as an irritant, injure the mucous membrane, cause

headache, nausea, loss of appetite, and other severe gastric

symptoms.

What do toe learnfrom this ?

1. Always give dilute solutions of Ferric Salts.

2. Always give Iron after food; never on an emptystomach.

3. Use preparations of Iron which are only slightly acid,

or not acid at all.

Describe the Intestinal Action of Iron 1

When the Chloride passes from the stomach into the

intestine it becomes converted into Ferric Oxide by the

alkaline contents, and as it passes towards the colon, it

meets with Sulphur compounds, Nascent Hydrogen, andother prwlucts of decomposition, becoming converted into

Ferrous Sulphide, and as such is eliminated with the fseces

wlii-li are turned black.

110

IIow do you explain the Astringent Effect on the Boiveh f

Wlien a large amount of an astringent preparation has

been given it is not wliolly converted into chloride in the

stomach, and so passes on to the intestines, where its

astringency still takes effect and causes constij^tion.

How is Iron absorbed ?

Its absoption takes place in the upper part of the small

intestine. Here it is taken up by the epithelium in vciv

minute amounts, and passes into the leucocytes of the lilond,

being ultimately deposited in the liver and spleen.

Whai is the Effect of Iron on the Blood 1

In anaemia, where the amount of Haemoglobin in the

blood is diminished, the iron which is absorbed from the

intestine and passes into the leucocytes, acts as a Ilaematinic,

as the iron in the blood exists only in combination with

Haemoglobin.

Mention some of the Uses of Iron.

1. The Perchloride is used to arrest haemorrhage from

leech-bites, from the nose, from haemorrhoids, from the

uterus, etc.

2. It is also used as a paint for inflamed pharynx, fauces,

or tonsils.

3. Used internally for haematemesis and intt\stinal

haemorrhage.

4. In chlorosis and secondary anaemias.

5. As an antidote for arsenic.

How rvould you overcome the Constipating Ejects of Iron f

By combining it with Epsom Salts in a Mixture, or with

Aloes in a Pill.

How nxmld yon administer it as an antidotefor Artenie t

Mix one ounce of Sodium Carbonate diluted with water

with three ounces of Liquor Ferri Perchloridi (not Fortis),

Ill

and give half an ounce of this mixture every five or ten

minutes.

What in the Theory of this Action f

The above mixture forms Peroxide of Iron, which on

coming in contact with the Arsenic forms an insoluble

Arsenite. This can be expelled by a large dose of

Magnesium Sulphate.

HYDRARGYRUM.How is this obtained ?

By roasting Cinnabar (Native Mercuric Sulphide).

Enumerate the Preparations containing Free Mercury.

1. Hydrargyrum cum Creta, dose 1 to 5 grains.

2. Emplastnim Hydrargyri.

3. Pilula Hydrargyri, dose 4 to 8 grains.

4. Unguentum Hydrarg^'ri, from which the remaining

two are made :

—

5. Linimentum Hydrargyri . r-^^^^^,^6. Unguentum Hydrargyri Compositum. \^c^^*-^

^^^u*"-^^

What is ** Grey Powder,'* and what is the Effect of keeping

upon itt

Hydrargyrum cum Creta ; a mixture of 1 part of Mercuryand 2 parts of Prepared Chalk.

It becomes more active when kept, as the mercury is

liable to become converted into mercuric oxide.

How would you classify the Official Mercurial Salts t

Into Mercurous and Mercuric Salts.

HYDRARGYRI SUBCHLORIDUM.

Describe this Salt, its Source and Dose.

Calomel or Mercurous Chloride. It is the only official

112

Mercurous Salt. It is formed when a mixture of MercurousSulphate and Sodium Chloride is heated ; the subchloride

collects as a sublimate. Its dose is ^ to 5 grains.

If''hat are the Official Preparations ?

1. Lotio Hydrargyri Nigra.

2. Pilula Hydrargyri Subchloridi Composita, dose 4 to 8grain.s.

3. Unguentum Hydrargyri Subchloridi.

Describe the Actions and Uses of Calomel.

Applied externally to sores and ulcers it has a stimulating

effect. Administered internally, it exerts an irritant effect

on the duodenum, hurrying on the contents, preventing the

re-absorption or alteration of the bile, and acting as a

purgative. By such action on the duodenum it is anindirect cholagogue.

How would you assist the Purgative Action of Calomel ?

By giving a saline purgative a few hours later, as this

will act chiefly on the lower part of the bowel.

MERCURIC SALTS.

HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM.Horo is this obtahwf ? Give its Common Name autl Official

Preparation.

By heating Mercuric Nitrate until acid vapours cease to

be evolved. Red Precipitate. Unguentum HydrargyriOxidi Kubri.

HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM.

State the Source and Official Preparation.

By the interaction of aqueous solutions of Mercuric

Chlnritle and Caustic Soda. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi

Flavi.

11,^

HYDRARGYRI lODIDUM RUBRUM.

Give its Source, Dose, and Preparatiom.

By the interaction of Mercuric Chloride and Potassium

Iodide, jjV to yV grain. Liquor Arseuii et Hydrargyri lodidi,

dose 5 to 20 minims. Unguentum Hydrargyri lodidi Rubri.

What other Name has the Liquor 1

Donovan's Solution.

HYDRARGYRUM OLEATUM.

Describe this Substance and mention Us Official Preparation.

A light, greyish-yellow, oleaginous, semi-solid substance,

prepared by triturating Mercuric Oxide with Liquid Paraffin,

adding Oleic Acid and stirring whilst heating.

Its preparation is Unguentum Hydrargyri Oleati.

HYDRARGYRI PERCHLORIDUM.

fFhai Other Names has it ?

Mercuric Chloride ; Corrosive Sublimate.

State its Source, Dose, and Preparations.

When a mixture of Mercuric Sulphate, Sodium Chloride,

and Manganese Dioxide is heated, the perchloride sublimes

and is condensed.

The dose is ^ to jy grain (same as the Red Iodide).

Its preparations are Liquor Hydrargyri Perchloridi, dose

30 to 60 minims.

Lotio Hydrargyri Flava.

HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM.

IVhat is this Substance and Us Official Preparation ?

A precipitate obtained by mixing solutions of Ammoniaand Perchloride of Mercury. Also known as " White Pre-

cipitate."

Unguentum Hydrargyri Aramoniati.

114

ACTION OF MERCURY AND MERCURIC SALTS.

Describe the External Uses of the Perchlmide ?

A solution of 1 in 1000 is Antiseptic and Germicidal.

Metallic instruments cannot be disinfected with it, as Mer-cury would be dei)osited on them.

What interferes with its Antiseptic Properties and how may it

be Prevented 7

If Albumen i I'liM lit, an albuminate of mercury is formed,

and the antiseptic value is destroyed.

This effect may be obviated by the addition of either

Hydrochloric or Tartaric Acid.

Name another Antiseptic Salt of Mercury and those which are

Anti-parasitic.

The Red Iodide is antiseptic, and the Oxides, WhitePrecipitate, Oleate, and Perchloride are Anti-parasitic.

How may Mercury be administered ?

1. By the mouth.

2. By the rectum.

3. Endermicully, i.e. applied locally as a lotion or dusting

powder.

4. liy inunction, i.e. by rubbing in an ointment

5. Intnimuscularly, i.e. hyiXHlermic injection into a

muscle.

6. Fumigation. Calomel is generally usetl for this.

7. Inhalation. Rarely or never used.

8. Baths.

WTiat is the action of Mercuric Salts on the Stomach andIntestines f

The metal itself has a similar action to Calomel {q.v.) but

the mercuric compounds produce severe gastro-intestina!

irritation.

How do the Mercurial Salts act in Syphilis f

As a direct poison to the Spirochteta pallida.

115

Hoto is Mercury excreted J

By the csecum, colon, and saliva chiefly, but minuteamounts are excreted by urine, sweat, milk, and bile. It is

eliminated very slowly.

What are the Symptoms of Mercurialism ?

1. Slight foetor of the breath and soreness of the gums.2. Disagreeable metallic taste, gums swollen and liable to

bleed.

3. Profuse secretion of saliva.

4. Tongue swollen, teeth loose, saliva more abundant,

enlargement and tenderness of parotid and salivary glands.

SULPHUR.Name the Official Varieties of Sulphur ?

1. Sulphur Sublimatum, or "Flowers of Sulphur," dose

20 to 60 grains.

2. Sulphnr Praecipitatum, or "Milk of Sulphur," dose 20to 60 grains.

Haic would you Distinguish them f

Sublimed Sulphur is a greenish-yellow, gkitty powder.

Precipitated Sulphur is a greyish-yellow, n'o.n'-gritty

Ijowder.

Hoto is Sublimed Sulphur obtained ? Give the Official

Preparation t

From crude sulphur by sublimation.

Unguentum Sulphuris.

It is also contained in Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus.

Hoto is Precipitated Stdphur obtained, and tchat are its

Preparations ?

Boil together Sulphur and Lime, which forms a solution

of Calcium Sulphides and Thiosulphate. To this solution

add Hydrochloric Acid when the Sulphur is precipitated.

116

1. Confectio Sulphuris.

2. Trnchiscus Sulphuris.

Describe the External Uses of Sulphur t

Used as a parasiticide for Scabies. The skin should first

be well scrubbed with soft soap and hot water, after which

the ointment should be well rubbed in.

How does Sulphur act internally ?

In the intestines, the alkaline fluids convert it into

sulphuretted hydrogen and other sulphides. These increase

the intestinal secretions, slightly stimulate the muscular

coat, and produce a mild laxative e£fect.

Hoto is it exireted 1

(1) ]iy the rectum, unchanged; (2) by the urine, as

sulphates; (3) by the milk, skin, and lungs, as sulphuretted

hydrogen.

lODUM.

What is Iodine ? Give its Characters and O^cial Pre-

parcUioiiti.

It i.s a volatilized element obtained from " Kelp " (ashes

of seaweed), and from mineral Iodides and lodates.

It is found in the form of dark-coloured laminar scales,

with a metallic lustre, and yielding a violet vapour whenheated.

Its preparations are

—

1. Tinctura lotli Fortis.

2. Tinctura lodi Mitis, dose 2 to 5 minims.3. Ungucntum lodi.

Whut is J'eculiar about tlie rrejMrations f

They all conUin Idilidi' of Potassium, as a solvent for tlio

hxline.

11'

Describe the External Actions and Uses of Iodine ?

It is disinfectant and irritant, causing a burning sensation,

dilatation of the blood vessels, some oedematous swelling, andexuilation of leucocytes, when applied in strong solution.

It produces a yellow stain on the skin, and is used as a

counter-irritant for chronic inflainmatr)ry joints, pleurisy,

chilblains, periostitis, etc.

How would you avoid stainimj the Skin ?

By adding a strong solution of Ammonia to the solution

of iodine ; this decolorises the solution, but it interferes

with the action of the iodine, as Iodide and lodate of

Ammonium are formed, and any virtue such a solution

contains is due to excess of Ammonia.

WTiaf are the Internal Uses of Iodine ?

Minute doses are given at frequent intervals to arrest

vomiting. Preparations of seaweeds have a quack reputation

for reducing obesity.

IODIDES.

Name the Offldal Salts.

1. Potassii lodidum, dose 5 to 20 grains (vide Potassium).

2. Sodii lodidum, dose 5 to 20 grains (vide Sodium).

3. Arsenii lodidum, dose ^ to ^ grain (inde Arsenic).

4. Hydrargyri lodidum Rubrum, dose ^.^ to j^ grain

(vide Mercury).

6. Plumbi lodidum.

6. Acidum Hydriodicum Dilutum, dose 5 to 10 minims.

Why is this Acid classed as an Iodide f

Because it contains, when fresh, 10 per cent, by weight

of Hydrogen Iodide.

Give its Official Preparation.

Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici, dose J to 1 dram.

118

Dearribe the InlernaJ Actions and Uses of Iodides.

Iodides are converted into the Sodium Salt and an

Albuminate, the former being quickly absorbed and passing

into the tissues. Here some of the iodine i.s liberated,

and combining witli albuminous molecules, is quickly ex-

creted. Metabolism is thus accelerated, and an Alterative

effect is produced. It is largely used in tertiary syphilis

;

rheumatoid arthritis;gonorrhoeal rheumatism ; aneurysms

;

angina j>ectoris ; bronchitis, etc. ; and is occasionally ad-

ministered to decrease the secretion of milk.

What causes Depression after giving Potassium Iodide f

Potassium is a muscle poison, and depresses the circula-

tion by ita action on the heart muscle. The Sodium Salt is

not depressant.

Describe " lodism " and give Us Symptoms.

It is a train of symptoms produced by excessive use of

Iodides.

Its symptoms are heavy pain over the frontal sinus,

nmning at the nose, sore throat, increased salivation, skin

eruptions, etc.

How fvould you prevent these t

1. By doubling tlie dose that caused it.

2. By large doses of Sodium Bicarlwnate.

3. By adding Ammonium Carbonate to the solution.

How are the Iodides excreted f

Tliey are rapidly eliminated by the urine, saliva, sweat,and mucous membranes.

Hi)

BROMIDES.

Name their Official Salts.

1. Potassii Bromiduin, dose 5 to 30 grains (mde Potassium)

2. Sodii Bromidum, dose 5 to 30 gmins (mtfe Sodium).3. Ammonii Bromidum, dose 5 to 30 grains {vide Am-

monium).4. Strontii Bromidum, dose 5 to 30 grains.

5. Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum, dose 15 to 60minims.

Why is this Acid classified as a Bromide ?

Because it contains 10 per cent, of Hydrogen Bromide,

How' is the Strontium Salt prepared ?

By neutralising dilute Hydrobromic Acid with StrontiumCarbonate.

DescribH the Actions of the Bromides.

1. Nervous System,—The reflex excitability of the spinal

cord is diminished; the functions of the brain are depressed;

muscular activity is diminished. They therefore act as

Hypnotics and Nerve Depressants,

2. Generative System,—Continuous use of bromidesdecreases the sexual appetite and abolishes sexual vigour.

3. Circulatory.—The heart is slowed and weakened in

action by depression of its nervo-muscular substance andthe medullary centres.

4. Respiratory.—Tiiere is slight depression of respiration.

5. Metalx)li8ni,—The amount of CO, exhaled is decreased;

the amount of urine is increased.

What are the Therapeutic Uses of Bromides ?

1. Epilepsy and infantile convulsions.

2. Insomnia from overwork, worry, and al the climacteric

period.

3. Incontinence of urine in children.

4. Neuralgia, headache, >>] miLMaine.

120

5. Laryngismus stridulus and whooping cough.

6. Delirium tremens and mania when no organic lesion

exists.

7. Antidotes for strychnine poisoning.

What is Bromism and its Symjitoms f

A series of symptoms due to excessive use of Bromides.

1. A red papular rash on the face and Ijack.

2. A general lowering of cutaneous sensibility.

3. Diminution of sexual power, fatigue, inability to

work, and clouded intellect.

4. Dementia, melancholia, and other mental disorders.

How are Bromides excretsd f

They are rapidly eliminated by the skin, saliva, kidneys,

milk, bronchial and intestinal mucous membranes.

CARBON COMPOUNDS.ALCOHOL ETHYLICUM-ETHYL

HYDROXIDE.Enumerate the Official Varieties,

1. Alcohol Absolutum, contains 99 per cent, by weightof Ethyl Hydroxide.

2. Spiritus Rectificatus, contains 90 per cent, by volumeof Kthyl Hydroxide, and from which the following are

preiNired by dilution :

—

3. Alcohol, 70 per cent, by volume 'Ethyl Hydroxide.4. Alcohol, 60 i>er cent. do. do.

5. Alcohol, 45 {)er cent. do. do.

6. Alcohol, 20 ]>er cent do. do.

What are the External Actions of Alcohol t

Antiseptic, Kefrigomnt, Anhidrotic ; but if its cva]X)ration

from tln^ skin in pruvontetl it |>«s8i>8 through the epidermis,

dilatcH the vesst-ls locally, and becomes Rubt'fnciont. It

extnu!t« wat«r from nil tissues.

121

Desert!>*: the Gastric Effects o/ (1) Moderate Dose of Alcohol,

(2) Large Doses.

Moderate doses produce dilatation of gastric vessels,

rwldening of the mucous membrane, increased secretion of

gastric juice, thus acting as a digestive adjuvant.

In large doses the activity of gastric juice is destroyed,

the gastric mucous membrane is inflamed, large quantities

of mucus are secreted, thus gastritis is produced ; and if

the indulgence is extended over a lengthened period, the

gastric glands atrophy and chronic dy8])epsia results.

What are the Reflex Effects of a Moderate Dose f

The Heart beats more rapidly and more forcibly, the

vessels of the entire body dilate, the blood-pressure rises,

and there is a feeling of warmth.

How does it effect Metabolism and the Body Temperature f

As it becomes oxidised in the body it saves the tissues

and is a food.

There is dilatation of all the cutaneous blood vessels andincreased activity of the sweat glands, so that an anti-

pyretic effect is produced owing to increased radiation fromthe dilated vessels and evaporation of the increased perspira-

tion.

Dearribe the Effect on the Nervous System 1

Unless the dose be very large, the entire nervous system

is stimulated, so that there is an abundant flow of ideas,

sharpening of the senses, and an exaggerated feeling of

strength. If the dose has been large, there is great depres-

sion and helplessness. In any case depression follows after

the stimulating effect has passed off.

What are the Various Uses of Alcohol f

1. Applied externally, in various forms, as an evaporating

lotion, for headache, sprained joints, bruises, etc.

2. For the indigestion of the aged and feeble, as a

122

digestive juljuvant, it is administered, in small doses,

beJFore or during a meal.

3. As an antipyretic in fevers and acut« inHammations.

4. As a vascxilar stimulant in syncope and collajw*.

CHLOROFORMUM.How is this j/repari'd, and what is its Dose ?

By the distillation of rectified spirit, witli chlorinated and

slaked lime, subsequent purification with water and sulphuric

acid, redistillation, and then adding 2 per cent, ethylic alcohol

to the redistilled product.

The dose is 1 to 5 minims.

Enumerate the Official Preparations.

1. Aqua Chloroformi, dose ^ to 2 ounces.

2. Linimentum Chloroformi,

3. Spiritus Chloroformi, dose 5 to 20 minims.

4. Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphime Composita, dose

5 to 15 minims.

Whai are the External Actions of Chloroform, ami the

Gastric Effects of a small Dose ?

Similar to, but more powerful than, Alcohol,

Internally its effects are similar, in every respect, to

Alcohol.

Descrilte the Qenm'oJ. Ancesthetic Effects of Chloroform.

The effects following iidialation may be dividetl into

three stages:

—

let Sta^e.—General stimulation of all functions, causing

excited imagination, confused mind, and a general feeling

of wannth and comfort. This stimulative jxiriixi is of short

duration, and is rapidly followed by loss of consciousness

and considcmble blunting of general sensation ; at the sametime the motor functions become stimulated, and there is

much struggling, accompanictl by increased arterial pidsations,

with fre<juent respirations. The pupils ai-e usually dilateti

during thi.s stage.

123

2nd Stage.—General depression of all functions, strugj^ling

ceases, the pulse and respirations become less strong and less

frequent, and the jwitient falls into complete unconsciously >-

The pupils are contracted in this stage.

3rd Stage.—Total abolition of reflex excitability and all

muscular tone ; urine and fieces may be passed;

pupils

become widely dilated ; cardiac and respiratory centres

greatly depressed ; the pulse feeble and irregular ; respira-

tions slight and irregular with long pau.ses between them,

and cyanosis becomes very evident.

What is the Danger Signal in administering CMorof&nn,

and tchpn nhmdd the Surgeon Operate?

The condition of the pupil. Operation should take place

at the end of second stage.

What Precautions are necessary in administering Chloroform f

1. Watch the pulse, respiration, and pupil.

2. No matter how simple the operation, see that muscular

relaxation is complete, otherwise the stimulus of the knife

may reflexly stop the heart.

3. See that tlie heart is not feeble nor fatty, and that the

lungs are in a healthy condition.

4. If vomiting occurs, see that the larynx is kept clear.

5. Remove all artificial teeth.

6. See that the patient is kept warm.

iETHER.

Describe this Drug and its Preparation, and give its Dose.

It is Ethyl Oxide or Sulphuric Ether, and is prepared by

distilling a mixture of ethylic alcohol with sulphuric acid,

shaking up the product with slaked lime and water and

re-distUling.

For repeated administration the dose is 15 to 30 minims,

for a single administration, 45 to SO^minims.

Name its Preparations ?

Miher Purificatus.

Spiritus iEtheris, d(^« 20 to 40 minims.

124

What is Arctic ^fher ?

It is a liquid obtained by distilling a mixture of etliylic

alcohol, acetic acid, and sulphuric acid, and purifyinfi ; it

contains 90 per cent, of ethyl acetate.

Dpwn'bp the Gastric Action of ^thei'.

A moderate dose increases the gastric secretion and move-

ments and dilates the gastric vessels, at the same time it,

reflexly, excites the heart, increasing the force and frequency

of the pulse and causing a rise of blood-pressure.

Hoto does it diffpr from Chlorofonn as a G^fraJ Amcsthcfic f

1. It is less liable to inhibit cardiac action.

2. It has a less depressant effect on respiration.

3. The stimulation stage is longer, there is more struggling.

4. The stage of complete anaesthesia is not reached so soon.

5. There is a greater reduction of temperature.

6. The odour is more disagreeable.

7. It is eliminated more slowly.

8. It is more inflammable and cannot be used beside

a naked light

9. It is more difficult to administer.

10. It is more irritant to the bronchial mucous membrane.

What u the A.C.E. Mixture ?

It is composed of Absolute Alcohol, 1 part ; Chloroform,

2 parts ; Ether, 3 jwrts, and is much employed as a general

ansBHthetic.

Mention tome other Utea of .^her.

1. Carminative in flatulent dyspepsia.

2. Anti-spasmodic during an atUu-k of asthma.3. Subcutaneously injected as a cardiac stimulant.

4. As a »pray to produce local anaistlie^JR for minoroperations.

125

ETHYL CHLORIDE.

How is thig obtained, and what are its Uses ?

By the action of hydrochloric acid on ethylic alcohol.

It has a low boiling point and produces intense cold by

its evaporation. On this account it is used to produce

local anaesthesia in minor operations. It is sometimes used

as an inhalation to precede the administration of iEther as

a general anaesthetic.

ACETONUM.What is this substance ?

It is a colourless, mobile, volatile liquid, obtained by the

dry distillation of calcium acetate or barium acetate.

Name an Official Preparation containing it and its Use.

Liquor Epispasticus, used in this as a solvent for

cantharidine. It is used as a solvent for resins, fats,

celluloid, etc.

CHLORAL HYDRAS.Describe Chloral.

It is an oily litjuid prepared by saturating ethylic alcohol

with dry chlorine.

What is formed by adding water to purified Chloral 1

Chloral Hydrate. Its dose is 5 to 20 grains.

Indicate, its Characters 1

Colourless crystals with a peculiar pungent odour and a

bitter taste; very soluble in water, and forming a liquid

when mixed with an equal weight of camphor.

Give tlie Official Pre2>aration and its Actions.

Syrupus Chloral. Dose ^ to 2 drams.

1. Circulatory System.—It is a cardiac depressant; also

120

depresses the vaso-raotor centre, causing dilatation of the

blood-vessels and a fall of blood-pressure.

2. Nervous System.—In the brain, all the medullary

centres are depressed, and by its action on the grey matter

of the cerebrum, sleep is produced. On the spinal cord

it depresses the anterior cornual cells, abolishing reflex

excitability, but the motor nerves and muscles arc not

affected.

Why is it uaed as an Hi/jniotic ?

Because it depresses the brain much earlier than any

other part.

What are some of its Utes ?

1. Mixed with camphor it relieves neuralgia.

2. To produce sound, natural sleep without bad after

effects in insomnia from overwork, worry, etc.

3. As a cerebral depressant in delirium tremens, convul-

sions, etc.

4. In tetanus, whooping cough, incontinence of urine.

5. In strychnine poisoning.

What Advantages has if over Opium or Morphine f

1. It is rapid and certain in action.

2. It produces no bad after-etiects.

3. It does not derange the stomach nor cause constipation.

4. It is saftT in tlir cisr nf rhildren.

Has it any Disadvantages f

1. It does not relieve ]>ain.

2. It does not relieve cough due to lung disease.

3. It sometimes causes excitement in cases of mania.

BUTYL-CHLORAL HYDRAS.Hoir is this pif/xirnl ? Desrrif>e its Characters and give its

Dost-.

l?y adding water U> butyl-chloral, which is made bypawiti ' Iry > lilnrine gn.i tlirough aldehyde.

127

I'tarlN wliite crystalline scales with a pungent odour like

chloral liyilrate, but only soluble 1 in 50 of water.

Its dose ij 5 to 20 grains.

What are its Uses ?

It has a specific action on the fifth nerve, and is used to

relieve trigeminal neuralgia. It has similar effects to chloral

hydrate, but is less certain, and is reputed to be less de-

pressant to the heart.

CHLORAL FORMAMIDUM.Give its other Name and Mode of Preparation.

Cliluralamide.

It is formed by direct combination of formamide with

anhydroiis chloral.

What are its Characters and Dose ?

Shining, colourless crystals, taste bitter ; soluble 1 in 20of water ; easily decomposed : should be kept in amber-

coloured bottles.

Its dose is 15 to 45 grains.

Describe its Actions and Uses.

An excellent hypnotic, producing no bad after-effects, andlittle or no cardiac, vaso-motor, or respiratory depression.

It does not relieve pain, and so is useless for insomnia dueto pain.

It is used to relieve insomnia due to worry, overwork, etc.,

and is reputed to be a specific for sea-sickness.

How is its Non^lepressant Action explained t

It is split up, in the blood, into chloral and formamide,

and the latter is said to prevent the depressant effects of the

chloral.

Hotp should it he adnnnistered ?

It is l)est given dissolved in a little brandy, and water

128

added, and taken before going to bed. If given in powder

form, it is very slowly absorbed, and is liable to be de-

composed in the intestines, so that its hypnotic power maybe lost.

PARALDEHYDUM.What is Paraldehyde and its Dose ?

A clear, colourless liquid, having an ethereal odour and

burning taste, soluble 1 in 10 of water, freely soluble in

alcohol. It is a product of the polymerization of acetalde-

hyde. Its dose is ^ to 2 drams.

Mention its Use, and any Objections to it.

It is a powerful hypnotic, and produces no bad after-

effects. May be used for patients suffering from cardiac

disease ; employed largely in cases of melancholia and mania.

It has a nasty taste, and the unpleasant persistent odour

affects the breath after administration.

How would you prescribe it ?

In capsules or as a draught.

RParaldehydi o^sh

Syrupi Aurantii 5i

Aquse ad .^lii

Misce. Fiat haustus.

SULPHONAL.What are the Characters oj' Sulphonal and its Dose t

It is a colourless, inodorous, nearly tasteless, crystalline

{)Owder; very slightly (1 in 450) soluble in water. Its

dose is 10 to 30 gmins.

Oive its Action^ ami how is it aitministeretl t

It is a non-deprc8sant hypnotic. Being so very insoluble

it ia absorbed with ditliculty, and takes at least two hours

to act. It is best administered in cachets a few hours before

bedtime.

129

METHYL SULPHONAL.

What is the popular Name of this Substance? Gire I'f.^

Dose and Uses.

TrionaL

It is given in 10 to 20 grain doses, and is similar in

character and action to sulphonal, but is much quicker in

action.

BARBITONUM.

Mention another Name far this Substance^ and its Dose andActions.

Veronal.

Its dose is 5 to 10 grains. It is a hypnotic, acting onthe central ner\'0U3 system, and does not depress the heart.

Occasionally it produces a severe erythematous rash.

ACETANILIDUM.

What is the common Name of this Drug, how is it obtained,

anti what Amount is prescribed 7

Antifebrin.

By heating glacial acetic acid and aniline, and purifying

the distillate. It is given in 2 to 5 grain doses.

PHENAZONUM.

What is the popular Name ami its Dose f

Antipyrine.

Given in 5 to 15 grain doses.

In what Property does it differ from the Preceding andSucceeding Salts?

It is freely soluble in water. Whilst antifebrin is soluble

only 1 in 200, and phenacetin only 1 in 1700.

I

130

PHENACETINUM.Whal is its Dose ?

5 to 15 grains.

Descnlje the Chief Actions of these three Drugs.

1. They are powerful antipyretics, exerting this influence

only in cases of pathological pyrexia, and in such cases their

action is due to a decrease in heat production, and not to

any slight diaphoretic action they may possess; they act

directly upon the part of the central nervous system which

is concerned with heat production.

2. They are all powerful analgesics.

WJiat is their Action on the Heart ?

They exert a directly paralysing action on the canliac

muscle, and are thus cardiac depressants. Acetanilide is

the most, and phenacetin the least depressant.

Mention some of the Uses of these Drugs.

1. To relieve the pains of neuralgia, sciatica, dysmenorrhoea,

migraine, locomotor ataxy, etc.

2. To retluce the temperature in various fevers.

What Precaution is n€ri>ssary in their Use as AntipyreHcs f

Remember their depressing effect on the heart, andthat imtients sufiering from pyrexia have often cardiac

irregularity.

PHENOLPHTHALEIN.

What]fs this Substance, and its Contmon Name and Dose t

It is a white, inodorous, tasteless, crystalline powder,

almost insoluhle in water, and obtained by heating phenol

with phthnlic anhydride and sulphuric acid. It is commonlycalled " Purgen." Its dose is 2 to 5 grains.

131

Descrilte its Use.

An excellent purgative, acting directly on the intestinal

mucous membrane, and purging in about six hours without

griping. As it is not depressant it may be used in cardiac

cases.

RESORCIN.

What are its Characters and Dose t

In colourless, shining, acicular crystals, with a faint odour,

and a pungent, sweet, subsequently bitter, taste. Dose1 to 5 grains.

Describe its Uses.

Being a cardiac depressant it is rarely given internally.

Used chiefly as a lotion to remove epidermic scales in

chronic skin diseases, and scurf in seborrhcea sicca. It is

also antiseptic and is injected into the bladder in cystitis.

CREOSOTUM.

WTuU are its Source, Characters, and Dose f

It is a product of the distillation of beech tar.

It is a slightly yellow liqmd of variable composition,

having a strong, peculiar odour and a burning taste. It

is given in 1 to 5 minim doses.

Oive its Official Preparation and Uses.

Unguentum Creosoti.

1. As a parasiticide in foul ulcers. 2. As an antiseptic

in phthisis. 3. As an astringent in diarrhoea, haemoptysis,

and hsematemesis. 4. As a sedative in vomiting of a reflex

nature. 5. As an ansesthetic in toothache.

132

GUAIACOL.

How way this* he ohtain&l ? Describe its Characters nnri

Dose.

By the fractional distillation of beech tar creosote.

It is a colourless liquid, or may be in crystalline form

(melting at 28° C), with a tarry odour and pungent caustii^

taste. Dose 1 to 5 minims.

What Salt of Guaiacol is Official f Give its Uses.

Guaiacol Carbonate. Dose 5 to 15 grains.

1. As an antiseptic in phthisis.

2. To relieve the pain in chronic oeteo-arthritis.

lODOFORMUM.

Describe its Mode of Formation, Characters, and Dose,.

By heating Iodine witli Potassium Carbonate, Alcohol

and water, and allowing the crystalline de|)Osit to settle.

In small, lustrous, lemon-coloured crystals, with a power-

ful persistent o<lour. It contains 96 "7 per cent, of Iodine.

Dose ^ to 3 grains.

Mention itx Preparations, and on whai it depends far its

Action.

Suppositoria lodoformi.

Unguentum lodoformi.

It depends, on its decomposition and the liberation of

Iodine, which takes place in the tissues after the Iodoformhas been dissolvcil by fatty matters.

What are its Chief Actions and Uses t

Local stimulant, antiseptic, disinfectant, and slight

ansMthetic. Ap])lied to wounds, sores, and ulcers, especially

of the ttilHjrculous and syphilitic varieties. Injected as

an emulsion with Glycerin into sinuses and abscess cavities.

133

Used in the form of bougies for the urethra and the nose

;

Uifi suppository being useful for painful rectal conditions.

Is it much used irUernaUy f

Its antiseptic properties have been tested in phthisis, butthe resiilts have been disappointing.

NAPHTHOL.What are its Characters and Dose t

White, shining, laminar crystals or in powder; odourlike phenol; taste pungent; soluble 1 in 1000 of water;easily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform ; and in 1 in 8 of

olive oil. Dose 3 to 10 grains.

Describe its Actions and Uses.

It is a powerful antiseptic. A 10 per cent, ointment

cures scabies. It is administered internally as an intestinal

antiseptic in infantile diarrhoea and in typhoid fever.

CRESOL.Name its Characters and Oj^icial Preparation.

A straw-coloured liquid, becoming brown on keeping or

on exposure to light Dose 1 to 3 minims. The official

preparation is Liquor Cresol Saponatiis.

Whai are its Uses ?

1. As an antiseptic ; it may replace carbolic acid, being

less poisonous and less caustic.

2. As a gastro-intestinal antiseptic.

3. If volatilized in the sick-room it benefits whoopingcough.

HEXAMINE.Mention its Source, CfiaraeterSy and Uses.

It is a colourless, crystalline, ino«lorou8 powder, soluble in

water, obtained by the interaction of ammonia with formic

134

aldehyde. Dose 5 to 15 grains. It is popularly knownas urotropin. It is a powerful urinary antiseptic, being

administered in cases of cystitis, bacilluria and nocturnal

incontinence of urine in children due to bacillus coli. Hasa slight diuretic action.

Oti tohat does it depend for its Action ?

Formation of formaldehyde in the urine, which should

be acid ; and for this purpose it is usually given with acid

phosphate of sodium.

GLUSIDUM.

What is the other Name ? Give its Uses.

Saccharin.

It is employed as a sweetening agent, when from anycause, such as diabetes, sugar cannot be taken.

Hotc is soluble " Saccharin " prepared f

By mixing Gluside with Sodium Bicarbonate.

PARAFFINA.

Hotc Many Official Varieties of Paraffin are there t

1. ParaHinum Liquiduni. Dose ^ t<i 1 ounce.

2. ParafHnuni Durum.3. Pamitinum Mulle. This is i)opularly known &i<

Vaseline.

\V?uU are the Uses of the Liquid Paraffin t

Being unabsorbed from the alimentary canal, it acts as anexcellent mechanical a|)erient, and is used as such in cases

of chronic constipation and in colitis.

Uive the Formula for Unguentum Paraffini.

A mixture of Hard Paraflin 27 }>artR : Soft ParaHin

70 |Nirts ; white wax 3 parts.

135

Indicate the Uses of Hard and Soft Paraffins.

A basis for ointments which are applied to protect sores

and wounds ; they are not used as a basis when the drug

18 required to be absorbed, as they are absorbed with

difficiilty by the unbroken skin.

CARBON DISULPHIDUM.

What is this Substance, and for what purpose is it used

officially f

It is a clear colourless liquid, with a characteristic odour;

prepared by *the combination of Carbon and Sulphur at

a high temperature. It is used officially in making Pilula

Phoephori, and a solvent for rubber and phosphorus.

ORGANIC ACIDS.

ACIDUM CARBOLICUM.

Describe its Source, Character, ami Dose.

It is obtained by the fractional distillation of coal-tar oil,

and subsequent purification.

It has colourless, deliquescent crystals, with a peculiar

odour, and a sweetish, pungent taste ; often reddish-coloured

owing to impurities. It becomes liquid at 40° C. ; doesnot redden litmus, and coagulates albumen. Dose I to 3grains.

What are the Preparations t

1. Acidum Carbolicom Liquefactum. Dose 1 to 3minims.

2. Glycerinum Acidi Carbolici.

3. Suppositoria Acidi Carbolici.

4. Trochiscus Acidi Carbolici.

6. Unguentum Acidi Carbolici.

Also enters into the preparation of Injectio Ergot«Hypodermica.

136

Describe the Effect of Carbolic Acid on the Skin.

If concentrated it acts as an irritant and caustic, pro-

ducing a white spot, which, if the application is prolonged,

results in a slough. In weaker solutions it produces local

anaesthesia.

WTiat is the Effect of Carbolic Acid on the Urine ?

When Carbolic Acid, whether administered in moderate

doses, or absorbed from surgical dressings, is excreted by

the urine, it causes the urine to become darker. This is

due to the oxidation of the acid in the tissues and the

subsequent formation of pyrocatechin, hydroquinone,

phenyl, sulphuric acid, and glycuronic acid.

Mention the Uses of Carbolic Acid.

1. As an Antizymotic to arrest fermentation.

2. As an Antiseptic, Disinfectant, and Deordorant.

3. As a local Ansesthetic to the skin.

4. As an Inhalation in phthisis, bronchorrhoea, and lung

gangrene.

6. As a sedative in gastric dilatation.

ACIDUM ACETICUM.

What Varieties of Acetic Acid are Official f

1. Acidum Aceticum Glaciale—a colourless liquid con-

taining not less than 98*9 per cent. Hydrogen Acetate.

2. Acidum Aceticum contains 33 per cent of HydrogenAcetate, and from it is prepared

—

3. Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. Dose | to 2 drams.

Oive the other Preparations made from Acidum Aceticum.

1. Oxymel. Dose J to 2 drams.2. Acetum Scilles. Dose 6 to 1 5 minim.s.

3. Acetum Urginen. Dose 5 to 15 minims.

137

Name the Preparations of Glacial Acetic Acid.

!. Acetum Cantharidini.

2. Linimentum Terelnnthinae Aceticum.

What are the Uses of Acetic Add f

Glacial Acetic Acid is escharotic and vesicant.

Acetic Acid is applied externally for ringAvorm, and is

used internally as a sialagogue and refrigerant.

ACIDUM BENZOICUMImlicate the Source, Characters, and Dose of this Drug.

It is obtained by the sublimation of Benzoin. It is found

in light, feather}', crystalline needles, almost colourless, and

with a slight aromatic odour. Dose 5 to 15 grains.

What are the Official Preparations f

1. Ammonii Benzoas. Dose 5 to 15 grains.

2. Sodii Benzoas. Dose 5 to 30 grains.

3. Tinctura Camphorae Composita. Dose J to 1 dram.

4. Tinctura Opii Ammoniata, Dose | to 1 dram.

5. Trocbiscus Acidi Benzoici; ^ grain in each.

Describe the Actions and Uses of Benzoic Acid.

Its chief action is that it renders alkaline urine acid,

and stimulates and disinfects the urinary tract. AMien

administered it is excreted by the urine as hippuric acid,

the conversion taking place in the renal cells. Benzoic acid

is also excreted by the bronchial mucous membrane, disin-

fecting it and stimulating the expulsion of mucus. It is

used in pyelitis and cystitis ; also as an expectorant in

bronchitis and phthisis.

ACIDUM CITRICUM.

What is the Source and Dose of this Acid ?

The juice of the fruits of various s})ecie8 of Citrus ; e.g.

the lemon. Dose 5 to 20 graini>.

138

What Preparatiom contain Free Citric Acid ?

Succus Limonis and Syrupus Limonis.

ACIDUM TARTARICUM.

Give the Source ami Dose of this Acid, and Name the

Official Pill containing it.

Potassium Acid Tartrate (Cream of Tartar). The dose is

5 to 20 grains, and Pilula Quininse Sulphatis contains it.

What are the Uses of Citric and Tartaric Acids f

Salts of these acids have a deoxidising effect on the blood,

being converted into carbonates, liberating COj, and

increasing the alkalinity of the blood. Citrates act as

diuretics, being excreted by the urine which is rendered

alkaline ; tartrates act similarly, but to a less extent.

Acetic Acid and Acetates have the same action.

ACIDUM OLEICUM.What are its Characters ?

A straw-coloured oily liquid with a faintly rancid odour

obtained by the action of steam upon the olein of fats.

Home the Preparations of which it is an ingredient.

1. Unguentuni Atropinie.

2. Unguentum AconitiniB.

3. Unguentum Cocainae.

Why is it used in these Ointments t

Because it dissolves alkaloids (but not their salts), and

being more quickly absorlxsd than oils or fats, it renders

these preiwrations more active.

An there any Official Oleates t

Ilydrargyri Uleas is ofticial.

Kmplastrum Plumbi contains Plunibi Uleatis.

Unguentum Ziuci Uleatis contains Zinci Uleatis.

139

ACIDUM TANNICUM.

What is its Source and Dose f

Extracted from specially fermented Galls by water satur-

ated with ether. Dose 5 to 10 grains.

Mention its Preparations ?

1. Glycerinum Acidi Tannici.

2. Suppositoria Acidi Tannici.

3. Trochiscus Acidi Tannici.

Describe its Actions and Uses.

1. It coagulates albuminous discharges and is applied to

ulcerating mucous surfaces as an astringent.

2. It coagulates blood and is used as a haemostatic.

3. It is used in haematemesis, diarrhoea, and intestinal

haemorrhages.

4. As an astringent application in tonsillitis, pharyngitis,

otorrhcea, etc.

ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM DILUTUM.

Mention the Source, Character, and Dose of this Add, also

its Popular Name.

It is obtained by the interaction of potassium ferrocy-

anide and sulphuric acid.

It is a colourless, volatile, unstable liquid, containing

2 per cent, by weight of hydrogen cyanide. Dose 2 to 5

minims. Prussic Acid.

Give its Official Preparation, and any other Druys whicJi

cxmtain it.

Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinae Composita; strength

5 per cent.

Aqua Laurocerasi and the preparations of Virginian Prune

Bark contain it.

140

What are its Actions ?

It is quickly absorbeil by mucous membranes and pro-

duces a sedative and anaesthetic effect on the mouth andstomacli. By its stimulating actions on the vagal centre it

acts as a cardiac depressant, and reduces the blood-pressure.

It also depresses the respiratcjry centre.

Describe its Uses.

1. To soothe malignant gastric disease, ulcers, and painful

dyspepsia.

2. To check the vomiting of pregnancy ; along with

bismuth.

3. To allay dry and irritating cough.

4. Externally to relieve itching.

WTiat Precaution is necessary in tising it externally t

The surface must not be raw, as it is quickly absorbed.

Name a Phygiological Antidote.

Atropine, which paralyses the inhibitory fibres of the

vagus and excites the respiratory centre.

ACIDUM LACTICUM.

How is this obtained, and what are its Characters and Doset

By the fennentation of Lactose.

It is a colourless •'syrupy liquid, containing not lees than

76 per cent, of hydrogen lactate. Dose 15 to 30 minims.

H'hul are its Uses t

1. As a spray in diphtheria to dissolve the membrane.2. As an applicntion in tuberculosis of the larynx.

3. As an intestinal disinfectant, es|>C(-ially uf the large

iMtWfl.

Ul

ACIDUM SALICYLICUM.

What are the Sources, Characters, and Dose of this Drug f

1. Natural; from oil of Wintergreen, or Oil of SweetBirch.

2. Chemical ; by the interaction of Sodium Phenate andCarbon Dioxide. It is ^ obtained in inodorous, prismatic,

colourless crystals ; taste first sweetish then acid ; easily

diffused and irritating to the nostrils. Dose 5 to 20 grains.

Which PreparcUions contain it 1

Unguentum Acidi Salicylici.

Injectio Cocainse Hypodermica.

Staie its Actions and Uses.

Methyl Salicylate, which is contained in Oil of Winter-green, is rapidly absorbed when rubbed into the skin, andconsequently natural Salicylic Acid when applied to the skin

exerts an antiseptic and anhidrotic action. Wlien given

internally, it acts as a gastric irritant unless well diluted, andin the bowel it becomes absorbed, probably in the form of

sodium salicylate, and is excreted by the urine as salicyluric

acid. It is a cardiac depressant and acts as an antipyretic.

It is used

—

1. To check excessive perspiration.

2. In strong solution, with Indian Hemp, for warts,

corns, etc.

3. In rheumatic fever.

4. In diabetes.

ACIDUM ACETYLSALICYLICUM.

Give the Sotirce, Popular Name, and Dose.

It is obtained by the action of Acetic Anhydride onSalicylic Acid. The popular name is Aspirin. The doeeis 5 to 15 grains.

142

WTiat are its Uses ?

To relieve the pains of chronic, rheumatism, sciatica,

migraine, dysmenorrhoea, etc.

ACIDUM PICRICUM.

Describe its Characters and Source.

It is a briglit yellow, crystalline, inodorous powder,

soluble in 90 parts of water, and 10 parts of alcohol. Its

solution, when applied externally, stains the skin yellow.

It is obtained by the action of nitric acid on phenol.

What are its Uses ?

It is a powerful antiseptic, and a one per cent solution

is very efficacious for burns.

It is also used as a test for albumen in the urine.

INORGANIC ACIDS.

Hoto may these he classified f

1. Concentrated Liquid.

2. Dilute Liquid.

3. Solid.

Name the Concentrated Liquid Acids.

1. Acidum Hydrochloricum.

2. Acidum Nitricum.

3. Acidum Phosphoricum Concentratum.4. Acidum Sulphuricum.

5. Acidum Sulpliurosum.

Name the Solid Acids.

1. Acidum Boricum.

2. Acidum Ohmmicum.

« Dose 5 to 20 minims.

143

Name^ mth Doses, the Dilute Acids.

1. Acidum Hydriodicum Dilutum. Dose 5 to 10 minims.

2. Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum. Dose 15 to 60

minims.

3. Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilu- ""

tum.

4. Acidum Nitricum Dilutum.

5. Acidum Nitro-hydrochloricum

Dilutum.

6. Acidum Phosphoricum Dilu-

tum.

7. Acidum Sulphuricum Aroma-ticum.

8. Acidum Sulphuricvim Dilu-

tum.

Mention the Preparations of Sulphuric Acid ?

1. Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum.

2. Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum.

What Preparation contains the Dilute Acid t

Infusnm Rosas Acidum.

Give the Popular Name of the Aromatie Acid, and its other

Ingredients.

Elixir of Vitriol It also contains, Spirits of Cinnamon;

Tincture of Ginger ; and Alcohol.

Has it an Oficial Preparation f

Yes ; it is contained in Infusum Cinchonse Acidum.

What are the Actions of Sulphuric Aridt

1. It is a powerful caustic, having a great affinity for

water, and leaving the carbon of the tissues untouched,

it leaves a black slough.

144

2, It also coajnlates the albumen of the tissues and acts

as an nstringont.

3. The dilute acid forms with lead salts an insoluble

sulphate of lead, and the acid is usually taken by lead-

workers to prevent lead absorption.

Hoio is Sulpliurous Acid obtained f

By deoxidising sulphuric acid, by heating it with charcoal,

and dissolving the resulting gas in water.

Describe its Actions and Uses.

It has a powerful affinity for Oxygen, and so readily

decomposes organic bodies. For the same reasons it

destroys micro-organisms and arrests fermentation.

It is used externally as a disinfectant, deodorant, andantiseptic. It has been used internally in Cholera.

What are the Preparations of Hydrochloric Acid f

1. Acidum Ilydrochloricum Dilutum.

2. Acidum Nitro-hydrochloricum Dilutum.

What is the chief Use of these dilute Acids, and how ghould

they be administeretl ?

Tliey are given in dyspepsia due to deficient gastric juice,

and should be taken always after a meal, except when the

gastric secretion ia excessive, and the patient complains of

acid eructations and heartburn, because they check excessive

formation of the gastric acid.

Name the Preparations of Nitric Aeid,

1. Acidum Nitricum Dilutum.

2. Acidum Nitro-hydrochloricum Dilutum.

What is the Comi>osition of Dilute Nitro-hydrochloric Acid t

It contains free chlorine, hydrochloric, nitric, and nitrous

acids.

l4o

Deaeribe the External Use* of Nitric Acid.

It Is employed as a caustic to destroy warts, condylomatA,chancres, cancrum oris, and phagadoenic sores. It stains the

skin yeUow.

How i$ Concentrated Phogphoric Acid prepared f Give its

Oficial Preparation.

By boiling phosphorus (to oxidise it) with nitric acid andwater, evaporating till coloured vapours cease to rise, andthen diluting.

Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum.

Mention some Properties common to the Mineral Acids.

1. In concentrated form they are powerful caustics andirritants,

2. In dilute form they are astringent, haemostatic, andrefrigerant.

3. When diluted and given internally, they decrease

Acid secretions and increase Alkaline secretions.

4. They slightly increase the acidity of the blood.

Explain the Action of Dilute Acids in Dyspepsia.

1. Saliva.—This being an alkaline secretion is increased.

2. Gastric Juice.—This being acid • the secretion is

diminished.

3. Pancreatic Juice.—This being alkaline, the quantityis increased.

Name the Official Preparation of Dilute Hydriodic Acid,

and give its Active Principle.

Syrupus Acidi HydriodicL Doee | to 1 dram.It is a 10 per cent, solution of Hydr<^n Iodide, and has

a similar action to Iodides {q.v.).

How is Dilute Hydrobromie Add prepared, and on whatdoes its Action depend t

By the interaction of potassium bromide and sulphurousadd. It is a 10 per cent, solution of Hydrogen Bromide,and has a similar action to Bromides (q.v.).

K

146

ACIDUM BORICUM.

Oive its Source and Preparations.

By the action of Sulphuric acid on Borax.

1. Glycerinum Acidi Borici.

2. Unguentum Acidi Borici.,

3. As a source of Sodii Biboras (Borax).

What are its Uses, and how is it excreted f

1. Being a weak acid it does not irritate, and is used

as an antiseptic for wounds, ulcers, and sores.

2. Saturated solutions are used for vaginitis, urethritis,

ophthalmia, and perspiring feet.

3. As a urinary antiseptic in alkaline cystitis. It is

excreted, by the urine, saliva, sweat and faces.

NITRITES.

Enumerate this Official Class, icith Doses.

1. Aniyl Nitris. iJose 2 to 5 minims.

2. Sodii Nitris. Dose ^ to 2 grains.

3. Liquor Ethyl Nitritis. Dose 15 to 60 minims.

i. Spiritus ..'Etheris Nitrosi. Dose 15 to 60 minims.

5. Liquor Trinitrini. Dose ^ to 2 minims.

6. Tabellae Trinitrini. Dose 1 or 2 tablets.

How is tSj'iritus ^iheris A'itroei prepared t Give its

Composition and Popular Name.

By distilling a mixture of alcohol, nitric acid, sulphuric

acid, and copper, and dissolving the distillate in 90 per cent,

olcoiiol.

It is a mixture of ethyl nitrite, alcohol and oxidised

products. It is known as Sweet Spirit of Nitre.

Siate its Actions ami Uses.

It is a diffusible stimulant, stomachic, and carminatiT«,

but its chief use is as a diaphoretic and diuretic in mild

147

febrile attacks, chronic Bright's disease, and oedema of

cardiac origin.

Does it act like the other Nitrites f

lis action as a nitrite is due to the ethyl nitrite it contains,

but as this is so diluted its " nitrite " action is very feeble.

Indicate the Source, Characters, and Mode of Administration

of Amyl Nitris.

It is obtained by the interaction of nitrous acid anddistilled amylic alcohol. It is an ethereal liquid of a pale

yellow colour, and an odour of sweetmeat pear drops.

Insoluble in water, but soluble in ether or alcohol. It is

given by inhalation from a handkerchief in which a glass

capsule containing it has Ijeen crushed.

What are its Actions ?

1. On the circulation.—Within a minute the face flushes,

the heart beats rapidly and violently, and pulsation is

evidenced throughout the entire body. The vessels rapidly

dilate, and the blood pressure and arterial tension fall verylow.

2. On the respiration.—The rapidity and depth of

respiration are increased at first, but are, later on, depressed.

3. On the temperature.—There is a considerable fall, dueto vascular dilatation.

Describe its Uses.

1. In angina pectoris and the pains of thoracic aneurysm.2. In syncope and dangerous pallor in clUoroform

anaesthesia.

3. In epilepsy during the aura.

4. In asthma and in migraine.

What is Nitro-glyerin t

It is a colourless oily liquid, very explosive, obtained bydropping glycerin int<> a cold mixture of sulphuric and nitric

acids.

148

Is it offlciai ?

No ; but tlie Liquor Trinitrini and Tabella Trinitrini are.

Contrast its Action with that of Amyl Nitris.

Its action is similar, but being administered by the mouth,

is slower in onset and more persistent.

On what does its Action depend ?

Although it is really a nitrate, its action depends on the

formation of Sodium Nitrite directly it is absorbed by

the blood.

How is Sodium Nitris prepared ? Oice its Characters.

By fusing sodium nitrate with lead, the latter extracts

oxygen from the former, converting it into the nitrite.

It is white, crystalline, deliquescent powder, very soluble

in water.

Contrast its Action with that of Amyl Nitris.

Similar in action, but slower and gentler.

Mention the Source and Action of Liijuor Ethyl Nitritit,

By the interaction of alcohol, sodium nitrite, and diluted

sulphuric acid, at a low temperature. Its action is similar

to iSodium Nitrite.

149

OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS.

ACETA.D&fcribe an "Aeeium" and enumerate the Aceta and their

Doses.

A solution of the active principles of a drug, extracted bymaceration or by digestion with Glacial Acetic Acid, or

ordinary Acetic Acid, or with both.

1. Acetum Cantharidini. Never given internally.

2. Acetum Scill». Dose 5 to 15 minims.3. Acetum Urgineae. Dose 5 to 15 minims.

Why is Glwnai Acetic Acid used for Acetum Cantharidini 1

Because the ordinary Acetic Acid (which is also used) is

too weak a solvent.

Mention the Preparations containing Acetum ScUl<je,

1. Oxymel Scillae,

2. Syrupus Scillae.

A'.Z?.—Acetum Urginese has similar preparations.

AQUiE.

What is an " Aqua" and how does it dij^erfrom a Liquor ?

Apart from Aqua Destillata, it is a weak solution of avolatile substance in water.

It differs from a liquor which is geneiaUy a solution of a

nonrvolatile substance.

How are the " Aqua " prepared f

1. By distillation of the drug with water.

2. By distillation of the essential oil with water.

3. By simple solution in cold water.

Are these Methods always adhered to f

No ; in hot climates it is permissible to prepare those

distilled from the drug by adding to water the volatile oil

Dose 1 t(j 2 dunces.

150

with some insoluble powder to diflFnse it through the water,

and subsequently filtering.

Enumerate, mfh Doses, the Aquce prepared by Distillation

of the Drug.

1. Aqua Anethi.

2. Aqua Anisi.

3. Aqua Aumntii Fl(»ris.

4. Aqua Carui.

5. Aqua Cinnaniomi.

6. Aqua Foeniculi.

7. Aqua Rosse.

8. Aqua Laurocerasi. Dose J to 2 drams.

WJiat ispeniJiar about Orange Floiver Water and Rose Water ?

Before using they are directed to be made by diluting,

with twice its volume of distilled water, a saturated

solution of the volatile oil ; this latter solution is obtained

by distillation from the respective drug.

What should be noted concerning CJierry Laurel Water f

1. Tlie sraallness of the dose.

2. That it is " standardized " to contain '1 per cent, of

Hydrocyanic Acid.

Define *' Standardization."

It is the making of an official pi-e}>aration so that it shall

contain u certain fixed projKirlion of the chief activ( ]tin

uiple of the drug concemetl.

Name the Aquce prej>areil by digtillation of the Ewential Oil,

and tttmf trhirh are simply Holuiiomf m Cold Waltrr.

1. Aqua Menthie Piperitie and Aqua Menthn Viridis.

Dose 1 to 2 ouncett.

2. Aqtta Campht>m> and Aqna Chlorofomii. Dose I to 2

ounces.

151

Is Camphor Water a " simple " solution 7

No ; as camphor is soluble 1 in 700 of water only, it is

directed that a little alcohol (90 j)er cent, strength) should

be used as a solvent.

COLLODIA.

Whai are fJi^se, and what are they used for ?

iSolutions of Pyroxylin in a volatile solvent.

A\ hen applied to small wounds, the ethereal solvent

evaporates and the result is a protective film.

Name thn OJicial Cdlodia 1

1. Collodium.

2 CoUodium Flexile.

3. Collodium Vesicans.

Give the Composition of Collodium Flexile.

It is Collodion with an addition of Canada Turpentine

and Castor Oil. These additions are made to ensure tliat

the coating left un the wound will be flexible and not crack.

CONFECTIONES.

Describe a " Confection " and mention any other Names.

A preparation made of the consistence of a paste with abasis of sugar or honey.

Electuary ; Bolus ; Conserve.

Enumerate the Official Confections.

1. Confactio Koeae Gallicse. Used chiefly as a pill

excipient.

2. Confectio Piperis. -v

3. Confectio Sennae. ' I>osi GO to 120 grains.

4. Confectio Sulphuris.J

152

WJuit other Nairn hem Conjection of Pe}yper, what is its

Composition and Uses ?

Ward's Paste. It contains Black Pepper, Caraway, and

Honey. To relieve haemorrhoids, ulcers of the rectum, and

fissures of the anus, as during its excretion it stimulates the

mucous membrane of rectum.

Qive the Composition of Confection of Senna and its Popular

Name.

Senna, Coriander, Cassia pulp. Figs, Prunes, Tamarinds,

Liquorice, Sugar and Water. It is commonly known as

Lenitive Electuary.

Wfiat does Confection of Sulphur contain 1

Precipitated Sulphur, Cream of Tartar, Tragacanth, Syrup,

Glycerin, Tincture of Orange.

DECOCTA.

What is a" Decoction " t

A solution of the non-volatile active principles of a

vegetable drug, obtained by boiling in distilled water, in

a covered vessel, for ten minutes and then straining. Asit readily decomposes, it should be freshly prepared.

I/i»r troulxl you classify the Decoctions, and what is the Dose t

1. Astringent.^

2. Demulcent > The dose of each is | to 2 ounces.

3. l*urgative. J

Enumerate thf Astringent Decoctions, and name the Sftbstanee

to which their Astringeney is due.

1

.

Dcco<!tum AcacifB Corticis.

2. Dccoctum (ntssypii Kadicis Corticis.

.3. PeciK'tum Hirnmtoxyli.

4. Decottum Sapjwn.

Thoir iiMtringency is duo f<> tnnnin.

153

What other Drug floes Decoction of Logtcood contain ?

Cinnamon Bark.

Enumerate the Demulcent Decoctions, and give the Cause

of their Soothing Action.

1. Decoctum Agropyri.

2. Decoctnm Ispaghulae.

Their soothing character is due to the mucilage theycontain.

Mention the Purgative Decoction, ami its Ckrmposition.

Decoctum Aloes Compositum.Compound Tincture of Cardamoms ; Liquorice Extract

;

Aloes Extract ; Myrrh ; Potassium Carbonate {N.B. Initial

letters = clamp).

Why is Carhonaie of Potassium employed f

Becaiise resins form with alkalies (in which they are

soluble), resin soaps, and so prevent precipitation of the

insoluble resins.

EMPLASTRA.

What is a "Plaster"?

A solid adhesive compound, usually in a cylindrical roll,

which when ordered for use, is heated to a soft tenacious

consistence and spread, with a heated spatula, upon leather

or swansdown.

H&w are the Plasters classified f

1. Those the basis of which is Lead Pla.ster.

2. Those the basis of which is Resin Plaster.

3. Various other bases.

Oive the Preparation of Emplastrum Plumbi.

It is Lead Oleate or Lead Soap and is prepared by boiling

Lead Oxide in water and olive oil, so that chemical action

takes place, Lead Oleate being formed, with Glycerin as

a bye-product.

Naiiw the I'lastcrti cuntaiidnj Lead Plaster.

1. Emplastrum Hydrargyri.

2. Emplastrum Saponis.

3. Emplastrum Resina;.

Mention the Composition of Mercurial Plaster.

lit'sides Lead it contains Mercury, Olive Oil and SublimedSulphur. The sulphur forms with some of the mercury,

sulphide of mercury, which separates the globules of

mercury, the remainder of the mercury existing free.

What is " Adhesive " Plaster f

Emplastrum Resinse.

Name the Plasters containing Besin Planter ami their

Peculiarity.

1. Emplastrum Belladonnse.

2. Emplastrum Calefaciens.

Each contains a standard amount of active principle : viz.

Emplastrum Belladonnse '25 per cent, of Alkaloid.

Emplastrum Calefaciens 02 per cent, of Cantharidin.

From tchat Belladonna Preparation is the Plaster maile 1

From the Liquid Extract, which is evaporated.

Why is •* Warming " Plaster so called t

Because it contains only suiticient Cantharidin to produce

a ru))efacient eti'ect.

Give the Strength of Emplastrum Qanthari4liin^ its Coin-

position and Consistence,

•2 |>er cent. Cantharidin. It proiluces a vesicant etlecl.

It Ih com|>08ed of Cantharidin ; Chloroform ; VcUow Bees-

wax ; Wool Fat ; and has the consistence of a " thick

"

ointment.

155

What is the Comjxmtion of Emplastrum Menthol 7

Menthol ; Yellow Beeswax ; Resin.

EXTRACTA.

Describe an " Extract " 1

A preparation containing the active principles of a drug,

such principles being, in the case of a " non-liquid"

extract, obtained in solution by subjecting the crude drug

to the action of various menstrua, and evaporating such

solution to a desired consistence.

Describe a " Liquid " Extract.

A concentrated solution of the active principles of a drug,

obtained by subjecting the drug, in various states of com-

minution, to the action of a certain menstruum. Thefinished product always contains alcohol, so that the solu-

tion may be regarded as a concentrated alcoholic infusion.

Classify the " Non-Liquid " Extracts.

II.

Extractum Cannabis Indicae.

2. Extractum Ergotae.

3. Extiactum Rhei. -o

4. Extractum Belladonnae Siccum.

5. Extractum Nucis Vomicae Siccum.

6. Extractum Hyoscyami.

!1.Extractum Opii Siccum. i x

2. Extractum Aloes.

3. Extractum Cascarse Sagradse Siccum.

4. Extractum Gentianae.

5. Extractum Glycyrrhizae.

6. Extractum Krameriae.

C. Fkesh f 1. Extractum Colchici.

Extracts \ 2. Extractum Taraxaci.

D Abstracts / ^' ^^^^"^^ Euonymi.V. ABSTRACTS

j 2. Extractum Strophanti.

E. Compound( E^^ractum Colocynthidis Compositum.

Extract ' •' *^

(

156

What Preparatum is mculcj'rom Ext. Cannabis Indic(B ?

TincLura Canna])i8 Iiulicae, which ia a solution of 1 part

of Extract in 20 parts of Alcohol (90 per cent), dose 5 to

15 minims.

Name the Lozenges prepared from, Ext. Kramerife.

Trochiscus Krameriae, containing 1 grain of Extract in each.

Trocliiscus Krameriae et Cocaiuse, each containing 1 grain

of Extract and Jj^grain of Cocaine Hydrochloride.

What iff the Composition of the *' Compound " Extract ?

Colocynth pulp, Cardamoms, Soap, Scammony resin, Aloes

extract. Alcohol (note initial formula, C, S, Aj).

Define an " Abstract."

In is an extract, in the preparation of which the per-

colated residue is dried and mixed with an inert powder to

prevent agglutination.

Which inert potcders are used ?

1. Calcium Phosphate, for Extractum Euonymi and Ext.

Nucis Vom.

2. Milk Sugar, for Extractum Strophanthi.

What is Peculiar about the Preparation of Kj-trar^nut

Strophanthi t

As the seeds contain a fixed oil, this is lirst removal by

percolation witli ether, tlie latter being then evaporated.

Hmc are " fVesh " Extracts prepared t

IJy cvajtoration of the juice expressed from the fresh

underground portion of the plant.

157

Give the Alkaloidal Strengths of the Starulardized Extracts.

1. Extractum Belladonnae Siccum = 1 per cent.

2. Extractum Hyoscyami = '3 per cent.

3. Extractum Nucis Vomic« Siccum = 5 per cent.

4. Extractum Opii Siccum = 20 per cent.

Into what Preparations does Extractum Aloes enter ?

Extractum Colocynthidis Compositum.Decoctum Aloes Compositum.

Name the Preparation ma/lefrom Extractum Eryotoe.

Injectio Ergot® Hypodermica.

State the Doses of the Following Extracts.

Extractum Cannabis Indicae

Extractum Belladonnae SiccumExtractum Nucis Vomicae SiccumExtractum Opii SiccumExtractum Colchici

Extractum Strophanthi

Extractum Euonymi, dose 1 to 2 grains.

Extractum Aloes, dose 1 to 4 grains.

Extractum Ergotae

Extractum Cascarae Sagradae SiccumExtractum Colocynthidis CompositumExtractum Gentianae

Extractum HyoscyamiExtractum RheiExtractum Glycyrrhizae

Extractum Krameriae

Extractum Taraxaci

dose, ^ to 1 grs.

dose, 2 to 8 grs.

dose, 5 to 15 grs.

Why is Alcohol added to the Liquid Extracts t

1. To prevent decomposition.

2. To precipitate albuminous matter.

158

A. Aqueousj' 1. Ei

I2. Ej

( 3. Ej

B. Alcoholic

C/n.<.<i/'i/ the Liquid Kj-fntr/x accordintj i<» fJi^ir }f'nstrua.

1. ExLractuni Agropyii IJquidum.

Extractum Belae Liquidum.Extractum Glycyrrhizae Liquidum.

1. Extractum Gossypii Radicis Corticia

Liquidum.2. P]xtractum Hamamelidis Liquidum.

3. Extractum Kavse Liquidum.

4. Extractuui Picrorhizse Liquiduui.

5. p]xtractum Yiburni Liquidum.6. Kxtractuui Hydrastis Liquiduui.

7. Extractum Ipecacuauhae Liiiuiduiii

8. KxtrMctinii Nucis A'omicpe Liquidum.

f I. I'.xtiartuni Ilclladiuina' Lii|uidum.

2. Extractum Ciuchuua' Liquidum.3. Extractum Opii Liquidum.4. Extractum Cascarse Sagradse Liquidum.5. Extractum Ergotse Liquidum.6. Extractum Grindelise Liquidum.

Extractuui Filicis Liquidum.

C. AqueousAND

Alcoholic

D. Ethereal

Is " Oil of M(Ue Fern " standai'di::>"/, and what is jYn Dose ?

Yes; it must contain not less ihiin 20 per cent. Kilirin.

The dose is 45 to 00 mininis ; bui 2, or even 3, dmms art'

often given.

W?uit l.i'jni'l Ku-tract hiu< no Ihnn' / Gim its PrejKirations.

ExtiK luiii Ik^lladonnie Liijuidum, Strengtli '75 per ctnt.

ulkul.Md>.

1. l''inNli nuiii Ik'lladoiuui!^ •_'•"• jui (cnl. alkaloids.

- :uiii l{elludonntt}= "oT.'. j.ii (I'nt. alkaloids.

;j. V tii^i.. iiimu I'olladonna! = G pi-i ri-iil. alkaluids

4. Suppositoria r.clladoiinse, each contains ^^ grain alka-

loids.

MentioH the Strtmijt/i" und Umet^ of tJte Jiemaintri'/ :Standard-

f;c'/ Kj-tract.<

I . Ill ( "iiiclioiia' l.iiHiidiiin !" 1

159

2. Kxtractum Hydrastis Liquidum = 2 i>er cent, alkaloids.

Dose 5 to 15 minims.

3. Extractimi Ipecacuanhse Liquidum = 2 per cent, alka-

loids. Dose J to 2 minims.

4. Extractum Nucis Vomicae Liquidum=r5 per cent,

alkaloids. Dose 1 to 3 minims.

^. Extractum Opii Liquidum = '75 j>er cent alkaloids.

Dose 5 to 30 minims.

miat are the Doses of the Remaining Extracts ?

Extractum Hamamelidis Liquidum, 5 to 15 minims.Extractum Grindelise Liquidum, 10 to 20 minims.Extractum Ergotae Liquidum, 10 to 30 minims.Extractum A^pyri Liquidum. 1 to 2 drams.

Extractum Belse Liquidum, 1 to 2 drams.Extractum Viburni Liquidum, 1 to 2 drams.

All the remainder, ^ to 1 dram.

Name the Liquid Extract prepared from Dry Kdracty andthe Tincture prepared from the former.

Extractum Opii Liquidum.Tinctura Nucis Vomicae.

What Preparation is made from Ext. Ipecac. Liq. ?

Vinum Ipecacuanha, which contains '1 percent, alkaloids.

Give the Composition of Ext. Cinchonm Liq.j and explain the

Use of the Add.

Powdered Cinchona ; Hydrochloric Acid ; Glycerin

;

Alcohol; Water.

The HCl. is used, so that the alkaloids (which are

insoluble) extracted by the maceration may be converted

into soluble salts.

160

GLYCERINA.

Describe these Preparations.

They are solutions of various drugs in Glycerin ; all being

for external application, except Glycerinum Pepsini (dose 1

to 2 drams), and Glycerinum Tragacanthae, which is used as

a pill excipient.

What are their Physical Chararters t

Glycerinum Amyli and Glycerinum Tragacanthse are semi-

solid ; all the remainder are liquid.

Mention those that are OfficiaJ.

1. Glycerinum Acidi Borici.

2.

MATERIA MEDICA.

PART III.

OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS—con/m«^^.

INFUSh—continued.

Hotc does this Process differ from that of Maceration t

In maceration the temperature of the water is nonnal,

and the residue of the drug is expressed.

Wliat Infusions are made with Cold Water, and why t

1

.

Infusum CalumbfiB, to prevent solution of the starch in

the drug.

2. Infusum Quassise, to prevent solution of too muchhitter principle.

Nanie the Infusions which contain more than One Drug in

their Composition.

1. Infusum Aurantii Compositum, contains orange peel,

lemon i)eel, and cloves.

2. Infusum Cinchonae Acidum, contains red cinchona

bark, an«l aromatic sulphuric acid.

3. Infusum Gentian® Compositum, contains gentian,

orange peel, and lemon i>eel.

4. Infusum Rosse Acidum, contains dried rose petals, and

dilute sulphuric acid.

5. Infusum Sennae, contains senna and ginger.

L

162

Give the Dose of an Infusion.

The doses of all infusions are ^ to 1 ounce, except

Infusuin Buchu 'j

Infusum ErgotaeJ-

Dose 1 to 2 ounces.

Infusuni Scoparii j

Infusum Digitalis. Dose 2 to 4 drams.

INJECTIONES HYPODERMICiE.

Name those that are Official.

1. Injectio Aporaorphinse Hypodeimica.

2. Injectio Cocainse Hypodermica.

3. Injectio Ergotse Hypodermica.

4. Injectio Morphinae Hypodermica.

6. Injectio Strychninse Hypodermica.

Hoip shoiihl the Official Injections 1>e j/reparcd t

Tlif.v li.ul.l 1m made with recently boiled distilled water,

and kept m wt 11 corked Iwttles, previously washnl with

hoiling water.

State the Com])osition aruf Strength of each Injection andits Doxe.

1. Apomorphine contains 1 per cent. Apomorphinso

Hydn>chloridum, with a little dilute Hydrodiluiic

Acid ndiUnl, to preserve it.

2. Cocaine c(»ntains 5 per cent. Cocainne Hydrochloridum,

with a little Salicylic Acid added, to preserve it.

3. Ergot contains 33 \ier cent. Extriictum Ergot«, with a

little Carbolic Acid added, to preserve it.

4. Morphia contains 2*5 per cent Morj>hin8B Tartras.

6. Strjchnin© contains '75 \ysr cent. Strychninse Hydro-chloridum.

Each hem a similar dose, viz. 5 to 10 minims.

163

LAMELLiE.

What is a Lamella ?

A small disc consisting of an optic medicament and a

basis of gelatin, with which is incoriwrated a little glycerin.

Name the Official LamMce with their Strengths.

1. Lamella Atropinse, each contains g^^^ grain of

Atropinse Sulphas.

2. Lamella Cocainse, each contains ^ grain of Cocainae

Hydrochloridiim

.

3. Lamella Homatropinae, each contains y^ grain Homa-tropinsB Hydrobromidum.

4. Lamella Physostigminae, each contains x^Vzy grain

Physostigminse Sulphas.

LINIMENTA.

D^ne a Liniment.

An oily or spirituous compound for application to the

skin, antl intended to be either, simply applied to it (e.g.

Linimentum Calcis), or painted on it, {e.g. Linimentum

Aconitum), or well rubbed in.

What Official Liniments contain no Camphor t

Liniments of Croton, Lime, Ammonia, and Potassium

Iodide.

Which Liniment is not a Liquid t

Linimentum Potassii lodidi cum Sapone, is the consist-

ence of " Shaving Cream." It has an odour of lemons.

A^aMJ^ the " Stamlanlizeil " Liniments.

Liniluentum Aconiti contains '2 per cent. Alkaloids.

Linimentum Belladonnse contains "375 per cent. Alkaloids.

164

What other Liniment cxmtaim an Alkaloid ?

Linimentum Opii cont^iins f) per cent. Morphiiio, but is

not sUmdardized.

Mention the Liniments that are iti Ihe J'omi of an Emulsion.

Linimentum Ammonise.

Linimentum Calcis.

Linimentum Tere1)inlliiiiae.

LIQUORES.

What tea" Liquor " t

A solution generally of a definite chemical stibstance, the

solvent l)eing usually distilled water.

Enumerate, with Doses, the Liquors having a Strength of

1 per cent.

1. Liquor AtropincB Sulphatis, dose ^ to 1 minim.

2. Liquor Trinitrini, dose ^ to 2 minims.

3. Liquor Ai-aenicalis, 'j

4. Liquor Arsenicalis Hydrocliloricus, [ dose 2 to 8

5. Liquor Sodii Arsenatis,j

minims.

6. Liquor Strychninse Hydrochloridi, j

7. Liquor Arsenii et Hydrargjri lodidi, dose 5 to 20minims.

8. Liquor Mori)hin8e Acetatis, ] , ia * /»nn T- \* 1 • TT 1 11 1 dose 10 to 609. Liquor Morplnnte llydrochlondi, > . .

10. Liquor Morphime Tartratis. . J11. Lifp'-^'- T"«"-^-ii Pcrmanganatis, dose 2 to 4 druuis.

Why are Ihert two " Arsenical " Liquors t

Liquor Arsenicalis or " Fowler's Solution " is an alkaline

liquor, to lie prescril^ed with alkalies. It is coloured pink

with comjKmnd tincture of lavender, to distinguish it fromthe acid licptor, which is colourless, and should only bepreaeribeil in acid mixtureo.

165

What ii<'' Donovan'a Solution " /

Liquor Arsenii et Hydrargyri lodidi. (N.B.—The maxi-

mum dose of this contains \ grain red iodide of mercury,

the maximum dose of whicli is ^^ grain.)

Which Liquors are obtained from ffie Animal Kingdom?

1. Liquor Adrenaliui Hydrochloricus, dose 10 to 30minims.

2. Liquor Epispasticus.

3. Liquor Pancreatis, dose 1 to 2 drams.

IIoiP is Liquor Pancreatis prepared ?

The fresh Pancreas of the Pig is freed from fat andexternal membrane, finely triturated with washed sand,

digested in a closed vessel in a solution of alcohol, glycerin,

and water for seven days, and then filtered.

It should contain 25 per cent. Pancreas, and is mostactive wlien the animal from which it has been obtained

has been fed shortly Ijefore being killed. •

What is its Action ?

It acts only in the presence of alkalies, converting starch

into sugar, albumin and fibrin into peptones, and peptonising

milk.

Mention the *' Iron " Liquors.

1. Liquor Ferri Perchloridi Fortis.

2. Liquor Ferri Perchloridi, dose 5 to 16 minims.

3. Liquor Ferri Persulphatis.

What is Liquor Ferri Persulphatis chiefly used for 1

In the manufacture of the scjile pre[)arations of iron, the

Ijase of which is ft-rric hydrate, obtained by the interaction

of this li*]!!..!- witli si.liifioii of ammonia.

166

Specify the Liquors containing Ammonia.

1. Liquor Ammonise Fortis.

2. Li(iuor Amnioniae.

3. Liquor Ammouii AceUitis, | , « i. /• j. T • A •• n-t 4.- } dose 2 to 6 drams.4. Liquor Ainiuonu C/itratis, j

5. Liquor Bismuthi et Ammonii Citratis, dose J to 1 dram.

What is the Goni'isilion of Liquor Bismuthi t

Bismutli Snlinitrate, Potassium Citrate, Potassium Car-

bonate, Nitric Acid, Solution of Ammonia, Distilled Water.

Enumtrate tin " Lime" Liquors.

\. Liquor Calcis,

2. Liquor Calcis Saccharatus, dose 15 to 60 minims.3. Liquor Calcis Chlorinatae.

4. Liquor Sodae Chlorinatae, dose 10 to 20 minims.

What i$ the Advantage of Saccharated Lime Water f

Tlje sugar assists in dissolving the calcium hydroxide, so

tliat this solution is twenty times stronger than liquor

calcis, and is more palatable.

State the Liquors containing Chlorine.

1. Liquor Calcis ChlorinaUe, yields 3 per cent, of Chlorine.2. Liquor So<la; Chlorinatae, yields 25 per cent, of

Chlorine.

Mention the " Lead " Liquors.

1. Liquor IMumbi Subacetatis Fortis, or Goulard's Extract.2, Li(pinr Plunibi Suliacetatis Dilutus, or Goulard's Lotion.

Name the I'r parations obtained from Goulard's Extract.

Glycerinuui Pluinbi Sulwcotali.s.

Unguentiiiii Plunilii .Sutiacetatis.

167

W?uU Liquors eonlain Mercurial Salts ?

1. Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis Acidus is a solution of

Mercuric Nitrate in Nitric Acid.

2. Liquor Hydrargyri Perchloridi, 1 per cent., dose ^ to

1 dram.

3. Liquor Arsenii et Hydrargyri lodidi is a 1 per cent.

solution of mercuric iodide, dose 5 to 20 minims(vide Donovan's solution).

Mention an " Effervescing " Liquor.

Liquor Magnesii Bicarbonatis or "Fluid Maf;ii( ia" is

an aqueous solution of magnesium carbonate into which

is passed carbonic acid gas under a pressure of three

atmospheres.

Name another Liquor which contains a Gas and give its use.

Liquor Hydrogenii Peroxidi is an aqueous solution of

peroxide of hydrogen, containing' ton times its volume of

oxygen, dose \ to 2 drams.

As it easily parts with oxyf,'en it is a powerful antiseptic,

but its instability is a disadvantage.

How is Liquor Picis Cartx>nis prepared ?

Quillaia bark is percolated with 90 per cent, alcohol, andprepared coal tar is added to the percolate.

What is the Composition of Liquor Cresol Saponatus 1

Cresol, Castor Oil, Potassium Hydroxide, Water.

Describe '* Formalin" and give its Uses.

It is liquor formaldehydi, and is an aqueous solution

containing 37 per cent, of formaldehyde. From it is

prepared liquor formaldehydi saponatus.

Formalin is a powerful caustic, an aqueous solution

(1 in 10), being used to destroy corns. It is also

germicidal, and has be«n employed for ringworm.

For ulcerative stomatitis, a 2 per cent, solution is

efficacious as an antiseptic.

Jt is a poAverful disinfectant, and does not destroy

'loureil fal)ric.s.

It is used histologically as a preservative and hardening

i^ent.

Mention some other Caustic Liqxwi's.

Liijuor Acidi Chromici, Liquor Zinci CliloriJi.

These also possess antiseptic proi)erties.

' Uoe the Composition and Strength of Liquor Epispasticus.

Cantharidin, Castor Oil, Resin, Acetone.

It conUiins *4 per cent, of Cantharidin.

What Liquor is obtained by Distillation ?

Liquor Hanmmelidis is obtained by distillation from the

fresh leaves.

LOTIONES.

Name those Oj^icial, stating Composition and Active

Ingredient.

1. Lotio Hydrargyri Flava or " Yellow Wash " contains

2 grains of mercuric chloride in 1 ounce of lime watex.

The active ingredient is yellow oxide of mercury.

2. Lotio Hydrargyri >{igra or " Hlack Wash " contains

3 grains of calomel in 1 ounce of lime water, with

a little glycerin added.The artive ingredient is black mercurous oxide.

What w lAftio Hutn'a'i

It contains generally alxjut 2 gmins of sulphate of zinc

in 1 ounce of water, coloured roil with com|K>unvi tincture

of lavender. It is nut official.

169

MELLA.

Enumerate, with Doses, the Official Preparatioris containing

Honey.

1. Mel Depuratuiu is commercial honey melted andclarified.

2. Mel Boracis contains borax, glycerin, and clarified

honey.

3. Oxymel is clarified honey containing diluted acetic

acid, dose 1 to 2 drams.

4. Oxymel Scillse contains clarified honey and vinegar

of squill, dose ^ to 1 dram.

5. Oxymel Urginese contains clarified honey and vinegar

of urginea, dose i to 1 dram.

6. Confectio Piperis also contains clarified honey, dose

60 to 120 grains.

MISTURiE.

What is the Composition, Dose, "/// A'-fivi'i Ingtedient of" Black Draught " ?

"Black Draught," or'Mistura Sennse Composita, contains

aromatic spirit of ammonia, liquid extract of liquorice,

infusion of senna, comjwund tincture of cardamoms, epsomsalts.

The dose is 1 to 2 ounces, and the active ingredient is

ei)Som salts.

Descril>e " Griffith's Mixtyre,^' ami state Dose arul Comjtosition.

li is Mistura Ferri Composita, and is an unstable pre-

paration as the ferrous carlx)nate formed in it, is liable to

ix'corae oxidised.

Its dose is i to 1 ounce, ami it is composed of ferrous

sulphate, potassium carbonate, myrrh, glucose, ginn acaciae,

spirit of nutmeg, and rose water.

170

Give the Composition of Misfura Olei Ricini.

Castor oil, undiluted orange flower water, acacia, cinnamonwater.

Dose 1 to 2 ounces.

What i$ 2)eculiar attout Mistura Ammoniacil

It consists of syrup of tolu, water and ammoniacum.The latter being a gum-resin, the gum disfsolves and sns

pends the resin, forming an emulsion.

Name the remaining •* Mittur<je" toith Dose of each.

Mistura Amygdalae, Mistura Cretse, Mistura r.uaiaci.

Each has a similar dose, viz. ^ to 1 ounce.

MUCILAGINES.

Name those Official and state their Uses.

1. Mucilago Acacise.

2. Mucilago Gummi Indici.

3. Mucilago Tragacanthae.

Being acjueous, viscid solutions of gums they are used to

suspend insoluble substances in mixtures. They have nostated dose.

PILULiE.

Mention the Official Pills containing Aloes.

1. Pilula Aloes,

2. Pilula AltK's «t Asafetidse,

3. Pilula Aloes et F«'iri,

4. Pilula Aloes et M VII li:t,'

< I ^e 4 to 8 grains.

6. Pilula Colocynthidis Conipo n i,

6. Pilula Colocynthidis et H}<'(\ai

7. Pilula Hhei Composita,

171

What is the Composition of Compound Cotoq/nth Pill f

Water, colocynth pulp, scammony resin, oil of cloves,

aloes, potassium carbonate.

How would you distinguish the foregoing Pills f

By smelling them.

Pilula Aloes contains oil of caraway.

Pilula Aloes et Asafetidae, the latter has a characteristic

odour.

Pilula Aloes et Ferri contains compoiind cinnamon powder.

Pilula Aloes et Myrrhae is recognised by the odour of themyrrh.

Pilula Colocynthidis Composita contains oil of cloves.

Pilula Rhei Composita contains oil of peppermint.

State the Composition, Dose, and Active Ingredient of" Blaud's " Fill.

Pilula Ferri contains exsiccated ferrous sulphate, exsiccated

sodium carbonate, gum acacia, tragacanth, glucose, and water.

The dose is 5 to 15 grains and the active ingredient is

ferrous carbonate, which is formed by chemical action similar

to what occurs in mistura ferri composita.

Mention the Pills containing Opium, stating the Dose andAmount of Morphine in each.

1. Pilula Ipecacuanhse cum Scilla, 4 to 8 grains, '5 percent, morphine.

2. Pilula Ipecacuanhse cum Urginea, 4 to 8 grains, '5 percent, morphine.

3. Pilula Plumbi cum Opio, 2 to 4 grains, 12 per cent.

morphine.

4. Pilula Saponis Composita, 2 to 4 grains. 2 per cent.

morphine.

How tcould you ealculaJe the Amount of Opium in each Pill t

Official opium must contain 10 per cent, morpliine, so if

each of the above amounts of morphine is multipled by ten,

the amount of opium is obtained.

172

Navie the "Mercurial" Pills and state how you tcotUd

dintingtiish them.

1. Pilula Hydrargyri, also called "Blue Pill" on account

of its colour.

2. Pilula Hydrargyri Subchloridi Composita, also ciiUed

'* Plunimer's " pill, contains calomel, sulphuretted

antimony, guaiacum, gum acacia, tragacanth and

syrup of glucose, and is distinguished by the

orange colour of the sulphuretted antimony.

Both have the same dose, 4 to 8 grains.

What i» the Comitositioii, Strength, and Dose of PihdaFhosphoi'i ?

It consists of pliosphorus, oil of theobroma, wool fat,

kaolin, sodium sulphate, carbon disulphide, and contains

1 per cent, phosphorus.

Dose 1 to 4 grains.

Name the remaining Official Pith with the Dose of each.

Pilula Quininte Sulphatis, dose 2 to 8 grains.

Pihda Scilhe Composita, dose 4 to 8 grains.

Pilula Urginese Composita, dose 4 to 8 grains.

PULVERES.

Mention, with Strengths and JJosefi, 'thr I'ljicuiJ J'oicilerf

eontaining Oinwn.

1. Pulvis Cretffi AromaticuK cum Opio, 2*5 per cent.

opium. I)o.se 10 to 60 grains.

2. I'ulvis I})ccacuunhiu Compositus, 10 per («nt. cpium.

Dose 5 to 15 grains.

3. Pulvis Kino Com)K)8itus, 5 per cent, opium. Dose 5to 20 gmin.H.

\. Pulvis ()pii C<>ni|io8itU8, 10 pur cent, opium. Doae 5to 15 gmin.<«.

173

Ultnt M the Compogifion of " Dovei's Pmoder " f

Pulvis Ipecacuanhae Coni])ositus is composed of ipecacu-

anha, opium, and sulpliate of potassium ; the latter l)eing

a hard and heavy jxtwder ensures proper mixing of the

other suY>stances

Describe •' Aromatic " Poicder.

It is NOT Pulvis Cret« Aromaticus, but is another namefor Pulvis Cinnamomi Compositus, and is composed of

cinnamon, ginger, and cardamoms. Dose 10 to 60 grains.

WltcU is the Composition of Pulvis Cretce Aromaticus f

Prepared chalk, cimiainon, cloves, cardamoms, nutmeg,

and sugar. Dose 10 to 60 grains.

N.B.—The foregoing powders have an astringent action.

Mention another " Astringent " Powder.

Pulvis Catechu Compositus, which contains catechu,

cinnamon, kino, ki-ameria, nutmeg, and has a dose 10 to

60 grains.

Enumerate the " Purgative " Powders.

1. Pidvis Glycyrrhizse Compositus, dose 60 to 120 grains.

2. Pulvis Talapae Compositus, \

3. Pulvis Kaladanse Com|X)situs, > dose 10 to 60 grains.

4. Pulvis Rhei Compositus, )

5. Pulvis Scammonis Compositus, dose 10 to 20 grains.

Chve the Composition of Compound Liquorice Powder.

Liquorice, fennel, senna, sublimed sulphur, sugar.

What is " Gregory's Potoder " ;

Compound Rhul>arb Powder containing rhubarb, magnesia,

ginger.

174

Oim the (kmtenU of the remaining Purgative Powders.

Compound Jalap Powder contains jalap, cream of tartar,

ginger.. , , ,

Comix)und Kaladana Powder contains kaladana, cream of

tartar, ginger.

Compound Scammony Powder contains scammony resin,

jalap, ginger.

What is "Jo n/rr"?

Pulvis Antuuomalis, consisting of antimonious oxide and

calcium phosphate. Dose 3 to G grains.

PULVERES EFFERVESCENTES.

Define these PreparatioTis.

They are granular effervescent powders, composed of a

basis of citric and tartaric acids with sodium bicarbonate,

and usually containing an added medicament. The granula-

tion is produced by heating tlie mixed })owders to 220°F.,

with constant stirring, and passing tlie resulting mixture

through sieves.

Mention those Official, stating Dose and Amount of AddedMedicament.

1. Lithii Citraa Effervescens, contains 5 per cfiit. litliii

citras. Dose 60 to 120 grains.

2. Sodii Sulphas Effervescens, contains 50 per cent, sodii

sulphas. Dose 60 to 240 grains.

3. Sodii Phosphas Effervescens, contains 50 per cent.

sodii phosplias. Dose 60 to 240 grains.

4. CaffeintB Citras Effervescens, contains 4 per cent.

caffeinte citras. Dose 60 to 120 grains.

6. Magnesii Sidph«is Effervescens, contains 50 per cent.

magnesii sulphas. Dose 60 to 480 grains.

6. Sodii Citro Tartras Effervescens, consists solely of

sugar, sodium bicar)>onate, citric acid, tartaric acid.

DoeeCO to 120 grains.

175

Name another Effervescent Porcder which is not granulated.

Pulvis Sode TartraUe . Effervescens (Seidlitz Powder),

which consists of 120 grains rochelle salt and 40 grains

sodium bicarbonate mixed and wrapped in blue paper, and38 grains tartaric acid wrapped in white paper.

SAPONES.

Whai is a Soap ?

It is a compound formed bj' the action of an alkaline

hydroxide on a fat or a fixed oil.

Mention those Official, with Method of Preparation.

1. Sapo Animalis, or Curd Soap, is formed by the action

of sodium hydroxide on purified animal fat.

2. Sapo Durus is formed by boiling sodium hydroxideand olive oil.

3. Sapo Mollis is formed by boiling potassium hydroxideand olive oil.

State the Cltemical Composition of these Soaps.

Sapo Animalis is chiefly stearate of sodium.Sapo Durus is sodium oleate.

Sapo Mollis is potassium oleate.

Mention other Official Oleales or Stearates,

1. Hydrargyrum Oleatum.

2. Zinci Oleostearas.

Slate any Official Preparations containing Oleales.

1. Linimentum Ammonis contains oleate of ammonium.2. Linimentum Calcis contains oleate of calcium.

3. Emplastrum Plumbi contains oleate of lead.

4. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oleati.

5. Unguentum Zinci Oleatis.

176

SPIRITUS.

Whaf Official Sjnrits are obtained hy Dishllaii^m t

1. Spiritus yKtheris Nitrosi, dose 15 to 60 minims.

2. Spiritus Ammonise Aromaticus, dose 20 to 60 minims,

60 to 90 minims.

3. .Spiritus Ammoniae Fetidus, dose 20 to 60 minims,

60 to 90 minims.

4. Spiritus Armoraciae Compositus, dose 1 to 2 drams.

5. Spiritus Kectificatus.

tfive the Preparation of Spiritm jEtheris Nitrosi.

Swi'ct Spirit of Nitre is a solution containing 2") pi r rent.

of ethyl nitrite. It is prei)ared by distilling a mixtuif of

alcohol, sulphuric acid, nitric acid, and copper (the latter

acting as a reducing agent), and dissolving the distillate in

alcohol.

JIow in Sjjin't of S(^volatile prepared 7

By dissolving ammonium carbonate and strong solution

of ammonia in the distillate obtained from a mixture of

oils of Icnion and nutmeg in alcohol.

What 18 the C'oin})oxitiott of Spiritus AmmonicB Fetulust

The distillate obtained from a mixture of asafetida andalcohol is mixed with strong solution of ammonia andalcohol.

How if Sjnritus Armoraricn Comjnmituii jyreparetl t

By distilling a mixture of scraited horseradish root, bitter

orange peel, nutmeg, alcohol, and water.

Enumerate, mth Dotte«^ the remaining Spirits.

1. Spiritus il^.theris, doae 20 to 40 minims, 60 to 90minims.

2. Spiritus Chloroforrai, dose 6 to 20 minims, 30 to 40minims.

dose 5 to 20 minims.

177

3. Spiritus Anisi,^

4. Spiritus Cajuputi,

5. Spiritus Camphorse,

6. Spiritus Ciniiamomi,

7. Spiritus Juniperi,

8. Spiritus Lavandulae,

9. Spiritus Menthse Piperitae,

10. Spiritus Myristicffi,

11. Spiritus Rosmarini, no dose.

Indicate tlie Peru/ian'fi/ of these Preparations.

They are all simple solutions of volatile substances in

alcohol.

SUCCI.

Describe Juices.

They are liquids obtained by expression from various

parts of fresh plants, to which (except Succus Limonis) a

third of their volume of alcohol is added to preserve them.

Give the Composition of Succus Limonis and its Uses.

It is freshly expressed from the ripe fruit of Citrus

medica, and contains Citric Acid (free and combined),

Malic Acid, Phosphoric Acid.

It is used as a source of Citric Acid, and also in the

preparation of Syrupus Limonis.

WJtat is Succus Scoparii 1

It is the juice obtained from fresh broom tops, witli tlie

addition of alcohol. Dose 1 to 2 drams.

Mention the Source, and Dose of Succus Tarn:ran.

Fresh Dandelion Root. Dose 1 to 2 drams.

178

SUPPOSITORIA.

Define a Suppository.

It is n small solid conical substance containing an active

medicament for introduction into the rectum or vagina.

Alentum the Alkaloidal Suppositories.

1. Suppositoria Belladonnse, each cental i ^ prain

Alkaloids.

2. Supi)ositoria Murphinse, each contains J grain Moq)hinc.3. (Suppositoria riunibi ConiposiLa, each contains j*^ grain

Morphine.

0/ what Strength are the remaining Suppositories t

1. Suppositoria Acidi Carbolici, each contains 1 grain.

2. Suppositoria Acidi Tannici, each contains 3 grains.

3. Supi>o8itoria Glycerini, each contains 70 per cent.

4. Suppositoria lodoformi, each contains 3 grains.

What is the Weight and Basis of an Official Suppository 1

Each must weigh 15*432 grains (1 gramme), and the

basis of each is oleum thcohromsp, except the glycerin

suppository, the basis of which is gelatin.

SYRUPI.

Mention^ mth Strength and Dose, the Syrups containing Iron.

1. Syrupu.s Ferri lodidi, contains 7 i- r ( < ut. ferrous

iodide.

2. Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis, contains 1-8 per cent,

anhydrous ferrous phosphate.

3. SynipUH Ferri Phosphatis cum Quinina et Strychniua,

cont4uns in each dram ^.^ grain strychnine, \ grain

quinine sulphate, 1 grain anhydrous ferrous phosphate.

The dose of each is | to 1 dram.

179

h Syrupu.'i Ferri loiluli a Stable Preparation ?

No ; its comiX)sition is soon altered by the fonuation of

oxyiodide of iron and free iodine, which makes it yellow.

This yellow colour can be dis{)elled by exposure to direct

sunlight, the iodine being then converted into hydriodic

acid.

What other Si/rup contains a Connxnnui of Iodine f

Syrupus Acidi Hydriotlici, dose | to 1 dram.

Mention a " Balsamic " Syrup.

Sjnrupus Tolutanus, dose ^ to 1 dram.

Give the Composition of Syrupus Calcii Laetophosphatis.

Calcium Lactate, Concentrated Phosphoric Acid, Orange-flower Water, Sugar, Distilled Water. Dose J to 1 dram.

Wliat is peculiar ainntt this Syrup t

It is made without heat.

Mention any other Syrup made toithoiU Heat, and why.

Syrupus Pruni Virginianae ; the heat would drive off the

small quantity of prussic acid, which is formed by the

active principles (amygdalin and emulain) of the prune bark.

What is the Strength and Dose of Syrupus Codeines

Phosphatis f

It contains '5 |)er cent, codeine phosphate, dose ^ to 2

diams.

Mention a Syrup tcith Hypnotic Properties.

Syrupus Chloral ; contains 20 per cent Chloral Hydrate,

dose I to 2 drams.

180

11//'// Syrupfi contain Acetic Acid?

Syrupus Scillse.

Syrupus Urgineae. Doso of each ^ to 1 dram.

Mention, with Vase, the " Purgative " Syrups.

1 Syrupus Cascarae Aromaticus, \

2. Syrupus Rhei, I dose ^ to 2 drams.

3. Syrupus Sennae, j

What is the Dose of each of the remaining Syrups f

J to 1 dram.

TINCTURiE.

DeserihCy with K.nonj'h.-^, .^iu,,f of the Processes employed in

the Manufacture of Tinctures^

1. Percolation.—The drug, in a comminuted state, is

moistened with a certain quantity of menstruum for four

hours, packed in a percolator, and sutticient menstruumadded to stiturate it and leave a layer of liquid above. This

is set aside for twenty-four hours, and then the liquid is

allowed to drop slowly from the percolator until three-fourths

of the required quantity of tincture is obtained. The residue

in percolator (the marc) is then pressed, and the expressed

liquid added to the previous quantity. Tlie mixed liquids

are filtered, and enough menstruum added to make the pre-

scribed volume of tincture. Finally, the tincture is clarified

by subeidence or filtration. Example—Tinctura Buchu.

2. Maceration.— The drug, in a comminuted statt', is

placed in a closed vessel with the whole of the menstruumfor seven days, and oicasionally shaken. It is then strained,

the marc is pressed, and the stniine<l and prfs?<e<) liquids are

mixed. Kxamplo—Tinctum Opii.

3. Simple mixing or solution of ingreuifciti,-. Example

—

Tinctura (^uininw, Tinctura Korri Perchloridi.

181

Into trhai TJiree Groups may Tinctures he divided f

1. Simple, i.e. those consisting of a solution of the active

principles of the drug in an alcoholic menstruum._. ( 'orapound, i.e. those consisting of a solution of the

active principles of two or more drugs in an alcoholic

menstruum, and officially calle<l compound.3. Complex, i.e. similar to preceding, but not officiallj'

called compound.

Enumerate, tcith Strength and Dose, the Simple Alkaloidal

Tinctures.

1. Tinctura Aconiti, 04 per cent, alkaloids. Dose 2 to 5

minims.

2. Tinctura Belladonnse, '035 per cent, alkaloids. Dose5 to 15 minims.

3. Tinctura Cinchonae, 1 per cent, alkaloids. Dose \ to

1 dram.

4. Tinctura Nucis Vomica, '125 per cent, alkaloids.

Dose 5 to 15 minims.5. Tinctura Opii, 1 per cent, alkaloids. Dose 5 to 15

minims.

6. Tinctura Quininae, 2 per cent, alkaloids. Dose \ to

1 dram.

Mention anotJier Simple Standardised Tincture.

Tinctura Jalapae contains 1 '5 per cent, resin, dose | to 1

dram.

What is the Strength^ Composition, and Dose of TincturaCantharidini f

It is composed of "01 per cent cantliaridin with chloroformand alcohol, dose 2 to 5 miniins.

What Simple Tinctures care prepared tcith an jEihereal

Menstruum ?

Tinctura Lobelise iEtherea, dose 5 to 15 minims.Tinctura Struphanthi, dose 2 to 5 minims.

182

117/'// Prpi'aution xhould he taken in 2n'escnf'/i"j Tlwlinti

< anvahis Indtcff, and what Ik ^7^• Dose ?

As there is a bulky precipitation of resin on the addition

of water, some nntciljij,'*' of acacia should be added to

suspend it.

It is a simple solution of the extract in 90 per cent,

alcohol, dose 5 to 15 minims.

From what other Simple Tinctures does Water jrrecipitate

the Resin ?

Tinctura Jalapse, Tinctura Kaladanse, Tinctura Podophylli,

Tinctura Podopliylli Indici.

Mention, with Dose, a Simple Inorganic Tincture.

Tinctura Ferri Perchloridi. Dose 5 to 15 minims.

What other Simple Tinctures have a similar Dose ?

Tinctura Cai)sici, Tinctura Cocci, Tinctura Colchici,

Tinctura Datura Seniinum, Tinctura Digitalis, Tinctura

Gelseniii, Tinctura Podophylli, Tinctura Podophylli Indici,

Tinctura Scillse, Tinctura Stramonii, Tinctura Urginese.

Enumerate the " Compound " Alkaloidal Tinctures.

1. Tinctura Camphora? Composita. "05 percent, morphine.

Dose ^ to 1 dram.

2. Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinse Composita, con-

tains, in ten minims, -j^ grain morphine hydrochloride,

\ mimim chloroform, \ mimim dilute hydrocyanic

acid. Dose 5 to 15 minims.

3. Tinctura Cinclionae ('>iniM. ita, "5 i^er cent, alkaloids.

What art the " Paregoric " Tinctures f

Tinctura Camplione Composita is " Paregoric Klixir.

Tinctura Opii Ammoniata is "Scotch I'aregoric."

What is the. Com/iosition ml I)<ixi' of Tinctura Bemoini('innjHUiita ?

IStorax, tolu, ulofs, Ix n/ 'in. I'lnt. Dose ^ lo I dmni.

183

What are the Doses of the remaining Compound Tinctures ?

TliP d<>>o of p;ii"h is \ U) 1 dram.

Mention the " Aminoniafed " Tinctures.

1. Tinctura Ergotae Ammoniata.2. Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata.3. Tinctura Opii Ammoniata.4. Tinctura Quininae Ammoniata.5. Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata.6. Tinctura ValerianjB ludicae Ammoniata.

The dose of each is ^ to 1 draui.

What is the Composition of Tinctura Opii Ammoniata f

Benzoic Acid, Oil of Anise, Alcohol, Solution of Ammonia,Tincture of Opium. It contains 'I per cent, morphine.

difive the Alkaloidal Strength of Tinctura Qiiininoi

Ammoniata f

Two per cent.

Mention the remaining " Complex " Tinctures t

1. Tinctura lodi Fortis.

2. Tinctura lodi Mitis. Dose 2 to 5 minims.

These are both inorganic, and each contains iodine,

potassium iodide, alcohol, and water. The fonner containing

10 per cent., the latter 25 per cent of iodine.

TROCHISCUS.

What are the Official Lozenge Bases ?

1. Fruit basis consisting of sugar, tragacanth, black

currant \Kiste.

2. Hose basis consisting of sugar, tragacanth, oil of rose.

3. Simple basis consisting of sugar, gum acacia.

4. Tolu basis consisting of sugar, gum acacia, tincture of

tola.

184

Indicate the Composition of Trochi^'!'< fh'smufhi Compositug.

Bismuth Carbonate, heavy magnesium carbonate, ))re-

cipitated calcium carbonate, rose basis.

Wfiat does Sulphur Lozenge contain ?

Precipitated sulphur, cream of tartar, tincture of orange,

sugar, gum acacia, mucilage of acacia.

Enumerate ivith Stremjlhs, the Lozenges containing

Alkaloids.

1. Trochiscus Kramerise et Cocainse, each contains 1 grain

extract of krameria, and ^ grain cocaine hydro-

chloride.

2. Trochiscus Morphinae, each contains ^^ grain morphinehydrochloride.

3. Trochiscus Morphinae et Ipecacuanhse, each contains

yj grain ipecacuanha and ylj grain morphin%hydrochloride.

What are the " Acid " Lozenges ?

1. Trochiscus Acidi Benzoici.

2. Trochiscus Acidi Carlwlici.

3. Trochi.scu8 Acidi Tannici.

Each contains ^ grain of medicament. '^

Classify the remaining Lozenges, according to their

Strengths.

1. Trochiscus Cat<»chu

2. TrtKihiscus Ferri Hodacti

3. Tro<:hi8<tiH Kino Kucalypti ^each contains 1 grain.

4. TrocluHcuH KramorisB

5. TrwhiscuH Snntonini

6. TrtH'hisrus (tuaia<"i Kesinae , , . • « .

7. Truchi.sc.i.. P.)Ui.ssii Chlomtis )

^*='' •^^'"^'"" ^ 8™'"''-

8. Trochiscus I{)eca('uanhaB, contains \ grain.

185

UNGUENTA.

Give the Varum* Bases used/or OintmeiUs.

Lard ; hard and soft paraffin ; hydrous wool fat

;

spermaceti.

When is it advisable to use Lard as a Bitsis ?

Lard, which melts at about the body temperature, should

be used when it is required that the active ingredient should

be absorbed.

Afention the " Alkaioidal" Ointments.

1. Unguentum Aconitinae, contains 2 per cent. Aconitine.

2. Unguentum Atropinae, contains 2 per cent. Atropine.

3. Unguentum Cocaina, contains 4 per cent. Cocaine.

4. Unguentum Gallse cum Opio, contains '75 per cent.

Morphine.

5. Unguentum Myrobalani cum Opio, contains -75 per

cent. Morphine.

6. Unguentum Belladonnse, contains '6 per cent. Alkaloids.

Why is Oleic Add used in the Preparation of Atropine,

Aconitine, and Cocaine Ointments t

As a solvent for the pure alkaloids, and to accelerate

absorption.

What i'< the Composition of Unguentum Belladonna'. 1

Li.|uid Extract of Belladonnse; Wool fat; Benzoated

Laixl.

Mention the Ointments containing Iodine.

Unguentum lodi.

Unguentum lodoformi.

Unguentum Potassii lodidi.

18fi

Ifoil' lit UngueiUum Zitmi Oleatis jrrepared ?

By mixing a solution of Zinc Sulphate, and a solution of

hard sojip, drying the precipitated Zinc 01eat<>, and mixing

it with iin equal weight of white soft parattin.

Enumerate the " Merctirial " Ointments.

1. Unguentum Ilydrargyri (Blue Ointment).

2. Unguentum Hydrargyri Compositum (Scott's Dressing).

3. Unguentum Hydmrgyri Animoniati (White Precipitate

Ointment).

4. Unguentum Hydrargyri lodidi Rubri.

5. Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis (Citrine Ointment).

6. Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis Pilufuin.

7. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oleati.

8. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi (Golden EyeOintment).

9. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri (Red Precipitate

Ointment).

10. Unguentum Hydrargyri Subchloridi.

Give the Composition of Scott's Dressing.

Camphor, olive oil, n\ercurial ointment, beeswax.

What are the " Lead " Ointments ?

1. Unguentum Plumbi lodidi.

2. Unguentum Plumbi Subacetatis.

VINA.

Deteribe Vtnum Atirantii.

A fennonted saccliarine solution to which fresh bitter

orange {)eel has been adiled, and containing 12 to 14 per

cent, alcohol.

IV/tat (>///<< are obtainea /i.,n if.'

1. Vinuui Ferri Citratis, containing 1*8 per cent, iron andammonium citrate. Dose 1 to 4 drams.

2. Vinum C2utnina>, t-ontaining 1 grain quinine hydro-chloridr iu cat h < niire. Dumo A to 1 ounce.

187

D^'srrib^ Vinum Xerieum.

SherT)' : containing not less than 16 per cent, by volume

of ethyl ic alcohol.

What Officiul Wiiies are prepared tcith it t

1. Vinum Antimoniale, containing *4 per cent, tartar

emetic. Dose, as an expectorant, 10 to 30 niininis

;

as &u emetic, 2 to 4 drams.

2. Vinum Colchici, containing 20 per cent, colcliicum

corm. Dose 10 to 30 minims.

3. Vinum Ferri, quantity of iron variable. Dose 1 to 4

drams.

4. Vinum Ipecacuanhas, standardised to contain •! per

cent, alkaloids. Dose, as an expectorant, 10 to 30minims ; as an emetic, 4 to 6 drams.

PRESCRIBING.

What should always he avoided in prescribing ?

Incompatibility of the ingredients.

How many Kinds o/ Incompatibility are there ?

Three :

—

(a) Chemical : where interaction takes place and another

salt is formed, either in solution or as a pre-

cipitate, e.g. carbonate of ammonium and syrup

of squills, the acetic acid of the latter combiningwith the former and producing acetate of

ammonium, which does not )K)68ess any ex-

pectorant qualities.

(//) Physical : when the mixture of the substances will

not form a clear mixture ; e.g. oils with water ; or

the addition of water to a resinous tincture. In

such cases it is usual to add to the mixture somemucilage to suspend the insoluble substance.

{c) Pharmacological : the combination of drugs witli

opposeil actions, e.g. chloral hydrate with

strychnine.

188

Oim some farther Efumple^ of Chemical Incompatibility.

1. Liquor arsenicalis witli iron salts. In this case tlie

arsenical solution, being alkaline, would precipitate oxide

of iron.

2. Linimentum camphorse ammoniatum witli acetic acid,

for a stimulating liniment. Here the stimulating eflFect

would Ije lost, as acetate of ammonium would be formed.

3. Permanganate of potash and extract of gentian. Owingto the former being readily oxidisable, an explosive com-

pound is formed.

4. Alkaloids or alkaloidal salts with alkaline salts in

solution. In such a case the alkaloid will be precipitated.

Mention a few Pharmacological Incompaf>liilifi>^.

1. Strychnine and bromide of potassium.

2. Digitalis and aconite.

3. Aloes with kino.

4. Atropine or belladonna and pilocarpine.

What are the Essential Parts of a Prescription t

1. Superscription—This is represented by the symbol" R " which signifies *' recipe," and is the second person

singular, present imperative, active voice of the Latin verb,

Reeipio, I take. It is always followed by the accusative

case.

2. Inseriptuyn—This forms the body of the prescription,

and consists of the names and quantities of the drugs, the

quantities being put in the accusative case after the verb,

and the names of the drugs being put in the genitive case

after the prejxwition " of " understood : e.g.

Recipe

l'ota«.«<ii Bromidi, draclunas duas.

Take thou

(of) Potassium Bromide, drams two.

3. Subscription—This consists of directions to the phar-macist as to the manner in which the prescriber wishes theprest^ription to l>e compounded, and, in the case of a mixture,usually consists of the words :

—

Misce^Mix thou

Fiat mistura « Let a mixture be made.

189

4. Signature—This is composed of directions to the patient

as to the manner in which the medicine is to be used, and is

usually written in Latin.

Every prescription should also bear the initials or nameof the prescriber, and have the date on it as well as the

patient's name.

How should the Inscription be constructed 1

It should consist of four parts, viz.

(a) The Basis, or principal active ingredient.

{b) The Adjuvans, to assist the action of the basis.

(c) The Corrigens, or Corrective, to render the mixture

palatable, or to diminish unpleasant effects, e.g.

griping, nausea, etc.

(d) Constituens, Vehicle or Excipient, to hold the drugs

either in solution or suspension.

Give an example of a Typical Prescription in full Latin.

Recipe.

Potassii Acetatis, drachmas quatuor.

Spiritus .£theris Nitrosi, drachmas sex.

Spiritus Chloroformi, draclunas duas.

Aquas ad uncias sex.

Misce. Fiat mistura.

Capiat cochleare magnum ex uncia una aquae tertiis horis.

John Thomson, Esq. A. L. C.

let September 1916.

(N.B. Abbreviated prescriptioiu are given under Pharmacology andTherapeutics).

PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS.

BLOOD PLASMA.

How is the Plasma of the Blood aj^eeted by Drugs ?

Many drugs after absorption exist in solution in the

plasma, and alter its composition by abstracting substances

from it.

190

What is the Reaction of the Plasma and hoto is it /' -d

if too Arid f

Normallv, it is practically neutral, but in diseases, such as

gout and diabetes, it is acid. It may V^e neutralised by the

administration of citrates and tartrates, which become

oxidised in the body to alkaline carbonates.

Mention the Drug which is usually enq^loyed to reduce the

Andosis of Dialmtic Coma.

Sodium Bicarbonate, in doses of 150 to 500 grains per

diem.

Why are Alkalies yiven in Gout and which of them are

usucUly given f

To increase the solubility of the uric acid in the plasma,

but their action in this respect is slight. Their chief action

is in causing diuresis, whilst being excreted as carbonates,

and aiding the excretion of uric acid by increasing its

solubility in the urine.

The citrates of potassium and lithium arc usually

employed.

In what other Wfiyt* ran the Composition of the Plasma be

altrrol /

(rt) By administering Purgatives, Diaphoretics, Diuretics.

(h) By Veucsectiou or Transfusion.

BLOOD CORPUSCLES.

What are Hamatinics t

Drugs which increase the numlwr of red corpuscles andthe amount of htemoglobin when it is de6cient. They mayhave a direct action, e.g. iron and it.s salts ; arsenious aciil

;

or they may act indirectly, by removing some obvious cause

for the deticiuncy of h»moglubiu, e,g. mercury in syphilis

;

quinine in ague.

191

Hoir 'io''8 fotassium Chlorate ajert the Red Corpuscles ?

It alters the composition of the haemoglobin by converting

it into methaemoglobin, thus preventing its uniting with

oxygen. It does so only when taken in excess.

Mention any other Drugs having a similar Action.

Phenazone, phenacetin, phosphorus, and nitrites.

Indicate any Drugs which affect the White Corpuscles.

All irritants cause them to wander through the capillary

walls.

The alkaloids of cinchona arrest their movements.

Write a Prescription /or a Hosrnatinic.

RFerri et Ammon. Cit., 5iss.

Liq. Fowleri, 5i-

Tinct. Nucis. Vom., 5ii-

Aq. Chlorof. ad, 5vL misce.

Fiat. mist.

Cpt. coch. mag. ter in die post cibos.

What Effect on the Corpuscles has the Administration of alarge Amount of Soitium Chloride t

It will cause the red corpuscles to pass rapidly throughthe walls of the capillaries.

Wlien is it desirable to increase Coagulation of (he Blood ?

In operations on jaundiced patients, in haemoptysis, in

aneurysm, in hsBuiophilia, and in chilblains.

What Drugs are employed for this Purpose f

The cliloride or lactate of calcium. These salts often fail

to produce the desired result, as very large doses would benecessary to have a therapeutic effect.

192

Describe the Effect of Citrates on the Blood.

They have been used to diminish coagulability in cases

of thrombosis and embolism.

How loould you prescribe /or a Case of Secondary Anaemia ?

BTinct. Ferri Perchlor., Siiss.

Potass. Chloratis, si.

Glycerini, ^iv.

AqusB Chlor. ad, svi. Misce.

Ft. mist. Cpt. coch. mag. ex aq. ter iu die p.c.

When would this Prescription be contra-indicated t

In antemia due to haemorrhage from gastric erosion.

CARDIAC DRUGS.

What are tJie Various Channels through which Drugs act onthe Heart ?

1. Directly on the Cardiac Muscle.

2. On the Vagtis Centre.

3. On the Accelerating Centre.

4. On the Cardiac Nerve Ganglia.

5. On the Blood-Vessels. \

Hoto do Cardiac Stimulants art t

1. By increasing the force of the cardiac contraction andslowing the pulse ; e.g. digitalis, strophanthus, squill, etc.

2. By increasing the rate of the cardiac contraction

;

e.g. atropine, hyoscyamine, cocaine, caffeine, etc.

3. By increasing both the force and the rate oi cardiac

contraction ; e.g. alcohol, ether, chloroform, quinine, etc.

193

Write a Presrription /or a Cardiac Stimulant.

RTinct. Digitalis, jiss.

Spts. Ether, siii.

Spts. Chlorofonni, 5ii.

Aq. ad., 3vi. Misce.

Cpt, coch. mag. quater in die ex aq.

Mliat are Cardiac Depressants t

Drugs which markedly decrease the force and rate of the

cardiac contractions by acting directly on the heart ; e.g.

pniBsic acid, aconite, antimony, arsenic, bromides, phena-zone, phenacetin, chloral hydrate, etc.

H"ir icould you ascertain that a Drug influencing CardiacAction dul so through the Vagus Centre t

If, by cutting the vagus nerve, or stimulating its peripheral

end, the alteration of the cardiac action ceases, it follows

that the vagus centre must have been influenced.

Mention some Drugs which slow the Pulse by stimulating the

Vagus Centre.

Aconite, veratrine, digitalis, strophanthus, squill, strych-

nine, prussic acid, alcohol, ether, chloral hydrate, etc

Hmo is the Vagus Centre chiefly excited or depressed f

It is excited by increased blood pressure and venousblood, and depressed by diminishing the blood pressure

with nitrites.

Mention some Drugs which stimulate the Accelerating Centre.

Ammonia, apomorphine.

194

How is the Heart ajf'eded through the Cardiac Nerve Ganglia

and which Drugs do so?

Its rate is at first a little slowed, but soon becomes rapid,

weak, and irregular.

Nicotine, coniunj, lobelia, gelseraiuni, act in this manner.

DRUGS ACTING ON BLOOD-VESSELS.

How may ntch Drugs act f

Either locally on the vessels themselves or reflexly on the

vaso-motor centres. Some when a[)plied locally dilate the

vessels, others contract them. Some by their action on the

vasomotor centres, dilate the vessels and reduce the blood-

pressure, others do the direct opposite.

Give a Classification of Local Vascular Dilators tcith

ExamjUes.

(a) Kul)efacient8 cause the skin to become red by vascular

dilatiition, e.g. capsicum, mustard.

(6) Vesicants in early stages are rubefacient, but later

there is an escajw of plasma and corpuscles, raising of the

epidennis, and formation of vesicles, e.g. glacial acetic acid,

cantharidin.

(c) Pustulants, after }>assing through the vesicant stage,

cause emigration nf leucocytes, which collect in the vcsiclee

and form pus, e.g. croton oil.

(cO Caustics or Escharotics destroy the vitality of local

tissue and set up vascular dilatation of the surrounding

area, e.g. pure acids.

How irould you Classify Caustics f

(a) Penetrating, cause great pain with slniighing, andpenetrate the tissut^ in an unlimited manner by abstracting

water from them, e.g. caustic potash, 7.inc chloride, sulphuric

acid, etc

(6) CSongMtive, coag:ulate superficial and inflame deep

195

tissues with liiuite«l ert'ects, e.g. silver nitrate, copper sulphate,

etc.

(c) Oxidising, yield oxygen, destroying all organisms andproducts of decomposition, e.g. chromic acid.

(rf) Anaesthetic, produce irritation of superficial epithelium,

followed by anaesthesia and localised gangrene, e.g. carbolic

acid.

What Drugs, administered internally, dilate Arterioles by

acting locally on themf

Belladonna, hyc^cyamus, stramonium, and all nitrites.

Mention some Drugs which dilate the Vessels by acting on

Vaso-motor Centre.

Alcohol, ether, chloroform, chloral, prussic acid, opium.

Crive a Classification of Hoemostatics or Styptics.

1. Drugs which, when given internally, contract arterioles

by acting^ locally on them, e.g. ergot, adrenalin, digitalis,"

squill, physostigmine.

2. Drugs which, when given internally, contract arterioles

by acting on the vaso-motor centre, e.g. ergot, digitalis,

squill, physostigmine, belladonna.

3. Drugs which, when applied externally, contract the

muscular coat of the vessels, e.g. alum, dilute solutions of

silver salts, lead salts.

4. Drugs which, when applied externally, copulate

albuminous fluids around the vessels, e.g. tannin, silver,

lead, and copper salts.

5. Drugs which, when given internally, reduce the blood

pressure by depressing the cardiac action, e.g. aconite,

antimony.

How would you stimulate a Sore or an Ulcer to heal f

By the application of drugs which locally dilate the vessels

so as to promote absorption of inflammatory products, andbacterial toxins.

196

Give the Treatment of Angina Pectoris.

By administering drugs which, by their central action,

cause dilatation of all the vessels, thus rendering the work

of the heart easier.

Write a Frescription for a Case of Angina Pectoris.

RSo(iii lodidi, 5iss,

Spts. Ammon. Aromat., ^i-

Liq. Trinitrini, TT\^xvi.

Aq. Chlorofornii ad, sviii. Misce.

Fiat mist. Gpt. ^ss ter in die ex aq. p.c.

DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN.

DIAPHORETICS.

In what Ways do Drugs increase Perspiration ?

1. By stimulating the sweat centres in the cord, the

nerves proceeding from these centres to the sweat glands,

the terminations of such nerves in the glands, or the

glandular cells themselves.

2. By dilating the cutaneous ve.ssels, so increasing the

amount of blood, causing greater warmth and stimulating

glandular activity.

Mention some IHaphorpfir,-:.

Pilocarpine, antimony salts, citrates and acetates of

ammonium and i>ota86ium, ipecacuanha, opium, aconite.

What is a 6wlorific 1

It Ib a powerful diaphoretic, e.g. pilocarpine.

What are the huiimlt ^rs of Diaphoreiirst

1. When excretion ..i miiic i.> luiling, e.g. Itright's disease.

2. When it is necessary to eliminate {Kiisons from the

system, :g, uramia.

197

3. When it is necessary to increase the loss of heat byincreased evaporation, e.g. in fevers.

Write a Prescription for a Diaphoretic.

RPotassii Acetat., jiv.

Spts. Athens Nit., 3vi.

Liq. Ammon. Acet., si.

Aquae ad, 5vi. Misce.

Fiat mist. Cpt. coch. mag. ex aq. tertiis horis.

ANHIDROTICS.

WhcU are ArUiidrotirs and when are they used t

Drugs which diminish the amount of perspiration. Theyare used (1) for general conditions, as phthisical sweats;

(2) for local conditions, as sweating of the feet.

Mention some such Drugs,

Atropine, belladonna, hyoscyamus, zinc oxide.

Write a Prescription for an Anhidrotie,

EZinci Oxid., grs. ii.

Ext. Belladonna Sice, gr. \.

Ext Hyoscyami, grs. ii. Misce.

Ft plL Mitte duodecira tales.

Cpt. duas hora somni.

Mention some Drugs which, when execreted by the Skin, causeirritation and produce a Bash.

Copaiba, cubebs, bromides, iodides, arsenical salts, bella-

donna, chloral, aconite.

198

URINARY SYSTEM.

What are Diureiief>, and how do they act f

Drugs which increase the quantity of urine secreted, andwhich may be classified as follows :

—

(a) Cardio- vascular, increase force and frequency of

cardiac action, constrict peripheral vessels, andraise the blood pressure, e.g. digitalis, squill,

alcohol, caflTeine, strychnine,

(b) Loco-vascular, act locally on the kidney, dilating the

renal vessels without influencing general blood-

pressure, e.g. sweet spirit of nitre, juniper, volatile

oils, etc.

(c) Renal, acting on the renal cells, increasing the

amount of water and solids excreted, e.g. acetate,

citrate, and nitrate of potassium, calomel, alcohol,

salines.

When a>' Dun-' firs ivdicatedt

1. In cardiac and pulmonar}- diseases when, owing to

general vascular disturbance, the quantity of urine

is diminished.

2. In ascites and pleuritic effusions to diminisli excess of

pathological fluid.

3. To dilute the urine when it is prone t > Ji]i(. it it-

solids.

Write a Prescription fw n Diuretic in a case of .1

KPotass. Citratis, siv.

8pt. i^iltht'tis, 5iii.

Tinct. Digitalis, 5ii.

Inf. Buchu od, 3vi. Misce.

Ft. midt. Cpt. coch. mag. quartis horis.

What Drw/a render the Oritie Arid and irhfii ore thru

imlicated ?

Bentoati* of ammonium, l)euzoic acid, acid sodium phos-

199

phate. Tliey are requiriMl in pyelitis ami cystitis wlieu the

tirine is decomposed and has an alkaline reaction.

Mention some Drugs whicti ren/ler' the Urine Alkaliup^ andthe Indications for their i se.

Tartrates and citrates of potassium, sodium, and lithium.

They are used in gouty subjects so a.H to render precipita-

tion of uric acid unlikely, or to assist in dissolving uric acid

calculus.

How is Alkaline Decomposition of the Urine prevented in

Cystitis ?

By administering benzoic acid, acid sodium phosphate,

or hexamine. The latter drug acts when the urine is acid,

so it is usual to combine it with acid sodium phosphate.

Mention some Drugs which alter the Colour of the Urine.

1. Turpentine and cantharidin set up renal inflammation

and cause blood to appear in the urine.

2. Rhubarb and senna, owing to the chrysophanic acid

present in them, render the urine, if acid, a brownish

colour ; if alkaline, a purplish red.

3. Santonin colours acid urine yellow, alkaline urine red.

4. Carbolic acid and other tar preparations make it dark

green.

5. Methyl violet turns it a dark blue.

6. Lt^wood renders alkaline urine red or viuh t.

ANTIPYRETICS.

How do Antipyretics act ?

Drugs which reduce the temperature, when raised owingto disease, act either by increasing the loss of heat, or bydiminishing its production.

How is the Body-heat produced and lost ?

The greatest amount of heat is produced in the muscles,

200

and this production is presided over by a cerebral centre,

probably the corpus striatum.

Heat is lost mostly by radiation from the vessels of the

skin, and by evaporation of perspiration, both of whichchannels are under the control of the central nervous system.

Heat is also lost through the respiratory system.

.1/- iitinii some Aiitipyretic^ which increase the Loss of Heat.

Alcohol, nitrous ether, antimony, ipecacuanha, dilators of

the cutaneous vessels, cold.

What Drugs diminish Production of Heat t

Phenacetin, phenazone, acetanilide ; these act on cerebral

centres. Quinine, salicylic acid, salicin; these directly

diminish metabolism.

In what Manner do Purgatives act as Antipyretics t

By the removal of some intestinal irritant which acts

reflexly.

How does Hot Water reduce the Temj>erature J

By dilating cutaneous vessels, and inducing subsequent

What Precautions are necessary in using Acetanilide andPhenazone t

Tliese are cardiac depressant.** and may produce collapse.

They should Iw administered with a cardiac stimulant, e.g.

ammonia.

RESPIRATORY DRUGS.

How would yott classify Inhalants t

1. Sedative^ e.g. hydrocyanic acid (rarely employed).2. Stimulant, increase the vascularity, secretion, and

201

muscular power of the bronchi, e.g. phenol, creosote, friar's

balsam, ol. cubebs, et€.

3. Antigeptir, e.g. creosote, iodoform, SO^, oil of Juniper,

phenol, etc.

4, Antispasmodic, e.g. conium, chloroform, ether, amylnitrite.

Write a Prescriptionfor an Antiseptic Stimulating Inhalation.

ft

Menthol,

202

117/,,/ .<//,»///./ I'.yrUiiiit l':.,-i.,ch>rii,il^ /' ».- '/'

\y\..< il,. . . any (lifTicully 111 rcpnation h"ni tlio pre-

M as to increase tli*' t'lin ,.t tin- ro>piratory

uci.

When u Ma-j }ii(( 'untrn imli'-aft-il (^^• 'in h'.rp^^i'toranf, lunl

u-liy (

When the hronrhial tubes are filled with .<c'cielion,

h((aii^c it rhi rk>, expectoration, renders the secretion

tenacious, diminishes sensibility, allays the cough, and the

secretion is thus allowed to gather in the tubes.

W)\at would ijou />rr.^-rril't in the Early Stages of Acute

Bronchitis ?

EVin. Antimon., 5iv.

Liq. Moijili. Tart., siss.

Vin. Ipecac, sii.

Aq. <"amph. ad 5vi. Misce.

Fiat mist. Cpt. coeh. tnag. tertia quaque hora.

ALIMENTARY SYSTEM.

MOUTH.

DetcnOe the Anatomical Structures concerned in '' ' ' of

Salivation.

The submaxillary gland \vhi(li i;- undii the inthuiKe of

the chonla tympani nerve. lln.- iirivc iia> ius centre mthe medulla, and i.- cai'alilf cf Ihihl; e.Nciicd reflexly, by

stiniulalion ..f the gustnc branches ol the vagus, and

ihi leiuiinaiKiis of the glossopharyngeal and gustatory

nerves in the ton-ne and iiumtli. These nerves contain

vaso-diluloi til'U.'. The ghmd is also supplied with

^vnipallieti'- lihrcs from the eei \ tiunk.

wliich conlaiu vawu const rirlnr hi.

203

What are Sialagogueg, and how do they art f

Drugs which increase the flow of saliva. They act l»y

—

(a) Stimulating either the secretory cells or the nerve

endings in those cells, e.//. pilocarpine, physostig-

mine, mercury, iodine compounds.(b) Stimulating the peripheral ends of afferent nerves,

e.g. ether, mustard, ginger, acids (these stimulate

the gustatory and glosso-pharyngeal nerves in

the mouth), emetics (these stimulate the gastric

vagus).

Wh<it are Antisicdatjoijue^?

Drugs which diminish the secretion of saliva, e.g.

belladonna, hyoscyamus, opiiun, alkalies.

Describe Refrigerants.

Drinks which relieve a febrile deficiency of saliva,

accompanied by intense thirst, e.g. effervescing acid drinks.

STOMACH.

What are Stomachics ?

Drugs which increase tlie amount of gastric juice secreted,

e.g. aromatics, condiments, alcohol, ether, chloroform, bitters.

Mention the Different Varieties oj Bitters.

1. Simj^, e.g. calumba, quassia, quinine, strychnine.

, 2. Aromatic, e.g. gentian, cascarilla, orange.

3. Pungent, e.g. mustard, horseradish, pepper, ginger.

4. Sweet, e.g. liquorice, glycerin.

5. Sour, e.g. all dilute mineral acids.

6. J^riiuous, e.g. alcohoL

Name the Substances which decrease the Secretion of Gastric

Juice.

Alkalies, fats, large doses of alcohol, ether, or chloroform.

204

Write a Prescription for n " Bitter" Tonic.

RAcid. Nitro-hydroch. Dil., sii.

Liq. Strychnin. Hyd. si.

Tinct. Aurantii, Siv.

Infus. Gent. Co., ad 5vi. Misce.

Fiat. mist. Cpt. coch. mag. ter in die ante cibos ex aq.

When should the Dilute Mineral Acids he given after meais f

In cases in wliich the cause of indigestion is due to a

deficiency in the amount of hydrochloric acid secreted, they

are best administered, sometimes in combination with pepsin,

about two hours after a meal.

In what other Way do Stomaehies act t

By increasing the vascularity of the stomach. The gastric

vessels are very sensitive, and not only do the dilated vessels

favour the secretion of gastric juice, but they facilitate

absorption. '

What are Gastric Sedatives 1

Drugs which allay pain, or arrest vomiting; they may act

in a mechanical manner by forming a coating over sensitive

areas of the stomach, e.g. bismuth salts ; or they may act

as ansesthetics to the nerve endings, e.g. opium, prussic acid,

belladonna, etc.

How would you prescribe for Dyspeptic Irritation t

aBismuth. Carb., jiv.

Acid. Hydrocyan. J)il., 388.

Liq. Morph. Hyd., 5188.

Pulv. Acacia, Sii.

Aq. Chlorof., ad 5viii. Misre.

Fiat, mistura. Cpt. coch. mag. p.p.a. ter m iu ante cibos.

205

Why is Nux Vomica often prescribed in Gastric Cases ?

Because its active principle, strychnine, acts chiefly on the

gastric muscles, stimulating them to increased peristalsis,

and so assisting digestion by a proper "churning" of the

gastric contents.

How do Carminatives affect the Stomach f

They stimulate the muscular and circulatory activity, and,

by relaxing the cardiac orifice, bring about eructation andrelief of distension.

They also act as diflFusible stimulants by reflexly stimulating

the sympathetic ganglia, and having slight local anaesthetic

properties, they act as antispasmodics. They are represented

by alcohol, ether, volatile oils, valerian, etc.

Classify Emetics.

1. Gastric.—Acting directly on the stomach, e.g. mustard,

salt, alum, squill, ipecacuanha, antimony, zinc

sulphate, etc.

2. Central.—Influencing the medullary centre, e.g. apomor-phine, antimony, etc.

3. Mixed.—Acting on both stomach and medullary centre,

e.g. apomorphine (slightly), antimony, ipecacuanha.

Mention the Uses of Emetics.

1. To remove the contents of the stomach.

2. To expel the contents of the air passages,^ and thusassist expectoration.

3. To remove foreign bodies from the oesophagus.

What should be noted in selecting an Emetic f

The condition of the patient. If in a state of collapse, donot give apomorphine, antimony, or ipecacuanha, as these

are very depressing, but wash out the stomach.

206

W/ien are Emetics contra-indicnled ?

In aneurysm, hernia, rectal or uterine prolapse, peritonitis,

or a tendency to hsemorrhage.

H'hat are Antiemetics ?

They are gastric sedatives (q.v).

LIVER.

JNanie the Functions of the Liver.

1. To secrete bile.

2. To form and store up glycogen.

3. To form urea.

4. To destroy pathogenic organisms.

WhxU is the Chief Function of the Bile ?

To stimulate the peristaltic movements of the intestines.

D^ne Cholagogues and give their Action.

They are drugs which influence the secretion of the bile,

but their mode of action is rather obscure ; for it does not

follow that, because more bile is excreted in the feces, morehas been secreted by the liver. The excess of excreted bile

may be due to a thorough clearance of the gall-bladder andducts, or, it may be, that the bile, wliich has been poured

into the duo<lenum, has l)een hurried along the intestine

l>ofor« ro-absorption lias Imd time to take place.

How thni would yon classify Cholagogues t

1. Direct cholagogues which act on the liver cells.

2. Indirect cholagogues, which influence the amount of

bile excreted, but do not influence the secretion by the liver.V

Are there any True Direei Cholagogues 7 Name tome »o

repuied.

There is only one, viz., fel Ixtvinuni purificatum ; this,

when given by tht* mouth, is absorbed, carried to the liver,

207

stimulates the activity of the }jepatic cells, and increases the

secretion of the bile. Euonymin, sodium salicylate, and

podophyllum are believed to be direct in their action.

Mention some Indirect Gholagogues.

Many of these have no claim to be called cholagogues, as

they really act by emptying the bowel. They are calomel,

sodium sulphate, sodium phosphate, aloes, colocynth,

colchicum, rhubarb, jalap, scammony, etc.

What Drugs influence the Formation of Urea f

Phosphorus, antimony, arsenic, ammonium chloride, iron;

these all increase the quantity of urea excreted by the

urine. Opium, colchicum, quinine, alcohol, decrease the

amount of urea excreted.

Mention some De/zressants of the Glycogenic Function.

Phosphorus, antimony, arsenic ; these not only arrest the

formation of glycogen, but cause fatty degeneration of the

liver. In certain forms of diabetes, opium, morphine, andcodeine, diminish the quantity of sugar excreted in the urine.

Write a Prescription /or a *' Liver " Pill.

R .

Aloin, gr. iss.

Kes. Podophylli, gr, ss.

Ext. Nucis Vom., gr. ss.

Ext. Hyoscyami, grs. ii. Misce.

Fiat pilula. Mitte tales xxiv.

Sig. Sumat unam omni die ante prandium.

INTESTINES.

What Different Groups of Purgatices are recognised f

1. Laxatives.—Slightly increase the action of the bowels,

chiefly by stimulating their muscular coat, e.g. sulphur,

magnesia, olive oil, figs, prunes, etc.

208

2. Simple.—Act more powerfully than the preceding,

stimulating peristalsis, and increasing secretion, e.g. castor

oil, cascara sagrada, senna, etc.

3. Caihartirg.—Stimulate the intestinal glands, increase

peristalsis and secretion. This group is subdivided as

foUows :

—

(a) Hydragogue CatJiarHcs.—Cause watery evacuations

by excessive glandular stimulation, irregular

peristalsis with some griping, e.g. jalap,

scammony, colocynth, etc.

{/') Saline Cafluirtirs —These chiefly disturb asmosis

;

il in a concentmted form, they increase the

passage of fluid from the tissues into the bowel,

if in diluted solutions, they prevent absori)tion

of fluid from the bowel j in either case, a large

amount of fluid collects in the intestine, exciting

gentle peristalsis and an easy and painless

evacuation, e.g. suljihates of potassium, sodium,

and magnesium ; tartrated sodium, sodium

phosphate, etc.

(c) Dradir Cathartics.—Cause severe irritation with

abundant secretion of mucus, great vascular dila-

tation, sometimes hapmorrhage, severe abdominal

pains, profuse diarrhoea, and often colla^ise, e.g.

croton oil, large doses of colocyoth.

(rf) Cholagogne Cathartics.—{Vi<ie liver).

4. Enemata.—Any fluid preimration iiyected uiio the

rectum.

What are •' SynergieU " t

Adjutants or medicines which assist the action of others.

What CloM of Purgatives $peeially require an Adjuvant t

Saline cathartics ; because we must increase i^eristalsis to

prevent the excessively fluid contents of the intestines from

being absorbed.

•00

In what Way$ do Adjuvants assist Purgatives ?

1. By giving tone to the muscle of intestinal wall, e.g.

nux vomica.

2. By causing more equal peristalsis and diminishing

spasm, e.g. volatile oils, l>elladonna, etc.

Give another Classification of Purgatives.

1. Those that require bile for their action, e.g. scammony,jalap.

2. Those that can act without the presence of bile, e.g.

castor oil. etc.

Write a Prescription for a Simple Purgative.

BExt. Ca.scar. Sag. Liq., ^i.

Ext. Glycyrrhiz. Liq., siv.

Tinct. Nucis Vom.,Tinct. Belladonnae, aa 3v.

Glycerini,

Aquae, aa partes sequales ad, jy\. .Mi-( e.

Fiat mistura.

Capiat coch. min. ex aq. ter in die p.c.

Describe the Mode of Action of Intestinal Astringents.

1. Directly on the muscular coats of the vessels of

the intestines, causing them to contract, thus retarding

exudation, e.g. lead salts, alum, dilute sulphuric acid, etc.

2. By precipitating and coagulating albuminous fluids,

thus lessening the amount of excretion and constricting

the vessels, e.g. tannin, krameria, kino, catechu, etc.

3. By diminishing the amount of intestinal fluid secreted,

e.g. opium, calcium salts.

4. By diminishing the contractions of the muscular coat

of the intestine, e g. opium, belladonna, hyoscyamus, etc.

When is a Purgative advisable to stop Diarrhcea ?

When the cause of the diarrhoea is some irritating.

210

indigestible food, a mild purge such as castor oil or rhubarbis sufficient.

What tvotUd you prescribe in a Ca$e of Chronic Diarrhoia ?

BAcid. Tannic, grs. v.

Bismuth. Carb., grs. x.

Pulv. Cret. Aromat., c Opio, grs. x. Misce.

Fiat pulv. Mitte tales xii.

Capiat unum. ter in die.

Define Intestinal Antiseptics.

They are drugs which arrest putrefaction in the intestines,

either by preventing the growth of, or completely destroying

the micro-organisms on which decomposition depends. Un-fortunately an intestinal antiseptic, in the true sense of the

word, is as yet unknown, as drugs possessing antiseptic

properties, when administered by the mouth, are completely

altered in chemical composition by the gastric juice, so that

their antiseptic action in the lower bowel is doubtful.

Wluit Ihruy is ciiiejly nsed as an Intestinal Antiseptic f

Calomel,—this acts by stimulating the intestinal glands,

promoting peristalsis, and hastening on the contents of the

bowel. It is best administered in very small doses, at

frequent intervals.

Mention some Reputed Intestinal Antiseptics.

Salol, na{)hthol, thymol, phenol, charcoal, camphor,

creosote, tur{)entine, menthol, aromatic oils, bismuth salicy-

late, etc.

Why is the Antiseptic Action of these Druys on the Intestines

considered doubtjxdt

They would have to be administered in toxic doses, since

a great quantity of the drug, should it pass unaltered through

the stomach, would be almorbed in the duodenum, and in

211

order to prevent complete absorption, a dose with a toxic

effect would be necessary to enable the antiseptic efifect to

be exercised in the lower bowel.

WfuU are Antifieriodics, and koir do they act f Give someExamples.

Drugs which arrest the return of diseases which recur

periodically. They act as direct poisons to the pathological

microK)rganisms.

Cinchona bark, quinine, arsenic, eucalyptus, hydrastis,

salicylic acid, salicin, etc.

Describe Anthelminties.

Drugs which expel or kill worms which infest the

intestines.

Name the Different Classes recognised, with Examples.

1. Vermifuges, which simply exi)el the parasites, e.g.

santonin, cathartic purgatives.

2. Vermicides, which kill them, e.g. thymol, male fern,

turpentine, cusso, pelletierine, embelia, melon pumpkin seeds.

Write a Prescription eoniaining Male Fern for Tapeicorm.

Ext. Filicis Liq., I^^ 75.

Ovi Vitelli, i.

Aqu» Chloroformi et

Syr. Simp. q.s. ad, 5"- Misce.

Fiat haustus, mane sumendus.

Give the Treatment for Thread Worms.

These parasites infest the lower bowel, and are best

reached by enemata of common salt (1 oiince to a pint).

The injections should be repeated every second night,

until the worms and their ova disappear from the faeces.

Santonin, by the mouth, is not to be relied on, as the

drug is absorbed before reaching the rectum, bat it may

212

1)6 administered :i- a -uiipository. Other eneniata are often

employed, f,g. quassia, aloes, turpentine, etc.

How would you treat AnchylostomioMS ?

Tliyniol is the specific drug for this parasite, but it has

to be given in huge doses. The patient should fast for

eight or ten hours, then a smart purgative is administered.

A few hours later 30 grains of thymol, in a cachet, are

given, and this dose is repeated twice, at intervals of twohours (sometimes one dose of 60 grains is given). Toprevent absorption of the drug, no oily or fatty pui"gative

should be administered afterwards, but 5 grains of calomel

should be given six or eight hours after the last dose of

thymol. Subsequently the anaemia, which is always present,

should be treated with iron and arsenic.

GENERATIVE ORGANS.

What Classes of Drugs art on the Uterus ?

1. Ec]M)lics or Oxytocics—drugs which increase uterine

action, during or immediately after parturition, e.g. ergot,

quinine, hydrastis, suprarenal extract, pituiUiry extract, etc.

2. Emmenagogues—drugs which increase the menstrualflow. These may l)e sulxlivided into (a) those actingdirectly on the uterus, e.g. ecbolics, asafetida, myrrh, borax,

etc., {h) those which so improve the constitution thatmenstruation becomes normal, e.g. iron, purgatives, codliver oil, strychnine, etc.

3. Uterine depressants—drugs which restrain uterine

contractions, e.y. bromides, opium, chloral, chloroform,Indian hemp, etc.

Wliat are. Oalartagogws t

Drugs which increase the secretion of n\iik, e.,j. pituitary

extract, pilocar]iin.

Mention a Druri icith an Oppoaiie Action.

liellailonna.

213

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

How do Counter-irritants relieve Pain ?

Although the application of such drugs to the skin causes

j^in by stimulation of the terminations of the sensory

nerves, it must be borne in mind that pain is always referred

to the periphery and appreciated centrally, hence peripheral

stimulation of the sensory terminals, which also reflexly

excites the heart and respiration, will assist in restoring a

normal condition in deep-seated structures.

Differentiate between Anodynes, Aruilgef^ios, and Local

Aniesthetics.

Anodynes relieve pain by depressing the terminations of

sensory nerves.

Analgesics relieve pain by depressing the excitability of

nerve centres.

Local Ansesthetics, as well as relieving pain, abolish local

sensibility.

Mention some such Drugs.

Anodynes — aconite, belladonna, opium, dilute prussic

acid, etc. ,

Analgesics—antifebrin, phenacetin, phenazone, etc.

Lociil Anaesthetics—cocaine, benzamine, phenol, etc.

Why does Warmth relieve Pain ?

Because it dilates the vessels and relieves tension.

How is Peripheral Neuritis produced 1

Some drugs when taken habitually produce chronic

inflammation of the nerve trunks, which is evidenced by a

great increase of the fibrous tissue between the nerve fiibres,

and fatty degeneration of the fibres themselves. In the

early stages much pain and tingling is prevalent, owing to

the nerve irritation, but later there is loss of function,

anuisthesia and paralysis.

214

Mention some Drugs producing this Condition.

Lead, alcohol, arsenic, mercury, etc.

What would you prescribe in a Case of Lead Poisoning i

Give full doses of potassium iodide, so as to form a solul>le

lead compound, which enters the tissues and circulation and

is mainly eliminated by the intestinal mucous membrane.

At the same time magnesium sulphate should be combined

with the iodide of potassium, so that the insoluble sulphate

of lead may be formed in the bowel, and speedily 8wei)t

away by the purgative action of the saline.

Mention some Drugs which act on the Spinal Cord.

1. Strychnine, ammonia, brucine, thebaine ; these all

increase the irritjvbility of the anterior cornua.

2. Physostigmine, bromides, alcohol, chloroform, ether,

opium, etc. j these all depress the activity of the anterior

cornua.

3. Ergot may produce sclerosis of the posterior columns.

4. I..ead may cause atrophy of the anterior cornual cells.

5. Alcoholic abuse causes degeneration of the entire cord.

* What General Laws are illustrated by Driu/s acting on the

Brain ?

1

.

When a drug affects functions progressively, those first

a£fected are the last aapiired by the individual, and the last

to appear in the s[)ecies ; those last att'ccted ari> the first

acquired by tlic individual.

2. ^Vhen a drug in motlomte dosies excites a funclion, mlarge doses it often {Miralyses it.

Give Exnmji>lt8 o/ these.

The first luw, known as the law of dissolution, is well

exemplified in the case of an habitual alcoholic drinker.

The first functions to become disordenMl are those of the

intellect, vi/ lulLrineut and reason ; the last functions to be

21")

affected are respiration and circulation. The second law-

is exemplified in the administration of chloroform anaesthesia.

'Shortly after administration, the individual tosses aboutthe arms and legs in a disorderly manner, but later on the

limbs become motionless.

Why are Bromides us&l in Epilepsy ?

Because they not only depress the motor area of the cord,

but they also diminish the activity of the cerebral motor area.

What Drugs exrite tha Motor Area of the Cerebral Cortex ?

Atropine, strychnine, physostigmine ; but they are neveremployed therapeutically for this purpose.

Mention some Drugs which act as Genera/ Cerebral Stimulants.

Belladonna, stramonium, hyoscyamus, Indian hemp,opium, cocaine, caffeine, alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc.

Is the Stimulating Effect of these Drugs maintained ?

No; although many of them are taken habitually as

cerebral stimulants, in the majority of instances the stimulant

effect gives way to a paralysing influence.

Give a Classification of General Cerebral Depressants.

1

.

Hypnotics or soporifics ; drugs which, by lessening the

excitability and functional activity of the brain cells, produce

an almost natural sleep, e.g. opium, morphine, chloral hydrate,

bromides, sulphonal, paraldehyde, barbitone, Indian hemp, etc.

2. Narcotics ; drugs which not only produce sleep, butalso, in large doses, depress the functions of respiration andcirculation, e.g. general anaesthetics, and large doses of

hypnotics.

3. General anjesthetics ; drugs which lead, not only, to a

total loss of consciousness, but an abolishment of all reflex

actions, e.g. ether, chloroform, alcohol, nitrous oxide, etc.

1'16

Write a I'rescrqitioii j\rr a iSlef^inng Draught.

RChloral Hydratis, gis. 30.

Potassii Bromid., grs. 30.

Liq. Morph. Hyd., 11^ 30.

Syr. Aurant. Flor., o\\.

Aquae, ad 5iii. Misce.

Fiat haustus. Suiuat diuiidium hora somni, et residuum

hora tres pustea, si opus sit.

l)(\<i-rili» tJi,' Variinifi stages in General Aiki^IIu'sui ?

Fiitft :Siagi'.—Excited imagination, mcoiifrent speech,

irregular exaltation.

Secoml Stage.—Irregular stimulation of cortical motorcentres, resulting in wild gesticulations of arms and legs,

this is accompanied by dulness of hearing and touch.

Third Stage.—IStimulation of heart and res[)iration, rise in

blood-pressure, and flushed face.

Fourth Stage.—Depression of all functions previously ex-

cited, total abolition of all reflexes, complete loss of con-

sciousness, contracted pui)ils, slowing of pulse and respiration.

What are ih' I > < / / ,s of fJeneral Anctttthesia f

1. Death from shuck ; this usually takes place before the

patient is fully under the anaesthetic, reflex action is not

quite abolished, and the peripheml stimulus of the operation

reflex ly sttjps tlie heart.

2. Death from respiratory jwralysis ; this may hi- dm in

a variety of causes, (a) excessive ansesthetic, (0) puluionary

disease, (c) lateral ixksition of patient, rcipiired for operation.

In any of these instances it is always heralded by lividity,

and then the aniesthetic should 1>e stopped and artiticial

respiration proceevletl with.

3. Cardiac failur«<; due to a concentrated anesthetic pro-

ducing a sudden eflecL on the vagal centre. The patient

becomes suddenly pale and the pulse stops. The remedy is

to stop antiv-^thetic, give an inhalation of amyl nitrite, andl)egin artiticial respiration.

L'17

4. Suffocation ; due to retention of vomited matter in

pharynx.

5. Reduction of IxKiy tem[)erature ; due to dimini.^jhed

activity and vaso-dilatation of the skin vessels. This dangermay be easily minimise*! by keeping the surroundings of the

patient as warm as iK)8sible during the operation andafter>vard8.

EYE.

What are Mydriaiics, and lioic ilo they act ?

They are drugs which cause dilatation of the i'U[>il, andthey act

—

(1) By paralysing the terminations of the thinl nerve,

e.g atropine, homatropine, hyoscyamine, hydro-

cyanic acid, amyl nitrite, etc.

(2) By stimulating the terminations of tlie sympathetic,

e.g. cocaine.

hoic do Myotics act ?

Myotics cause contraction of the pupU by (1) stimulating

the terminations of the third nerve, (2) stimulating the

muscular fibres of the iris.

Mention $ome Myotics.

Pilocarpine stimulates the terminations of the third nerve.

Physostigmine stimulates the muscle.

When if it necessary to dilate or contract the Pujtil ?

My<lriatics are employed for ophthalmoscopic examination,

and to prevent or break down iritic adhesions.

Myotics are employed to prevent too much light entering

the eye in painful optic diseases, and to overcome mydriatic

effects.

What is the Effect of Drugs acting on the Ciliary Muscle ?

Accommo<lation may be impaired or paralyseti.

Intra-ocular teusion may be increased or decreased.

218

Mention some Drugs acting in tlii.< M'fho'/.

Atropine, hyoscyamine, homatropine, cocaine, physostig-

mine, pilocarpine ; these interfere with accommodation.

Atropine (large doses), hyoscyamine ; these increase intra-

ocular tension. Cocaine, physostigmine, hyoscine decrease

intra-ocular tension.

What Drtufs affect Colour Virion ?

Strychnine increases the capacity fur seein;; hlue.

Santonine causes first violet, then yellow vision.

ANTISEPTICS.

What is an Antiseptic ?

It is a drug which arrests putrefaction either hy preventing

the growth of, or completely destroying, the micro-organisms

on which the process of decomposition depends.

Define a Disinfectant.

It is a drug, the power of which is limited to the

destruction of micro-organisms, causing decomposition.

On what does the Power of Antiseptics depend /

1. The temperature at which they act.

2. The medium in which they are dissolved.

3. The strength of the solution,

t. The time given tliem to act.

.^). The Tiuml)er of micro-organisms present.

Hon- i.N Hi lit utilixfd Of an Antuteptif ?

1. i'he dry method—by subjecting various articles to a

temperature of ISO'C in a dry air chamber.2. The mt)i8t metlunl—by driving steam, under pressure,

tlirough various articles, or by boiling them, e.g. surgical

in»trum»Mits, in water.

219

Mention tome >ffi-r .\iiti.<' })ti'->.

Perchloride of mercury, chlorine, iodoform, carbolic acid,

creosote, sulphur dioxide, peroxide of hydrogen, naphthol,

cresol, boric acid, benzoin, etc.

What are the Objections to Chlorine as an Antisejitie f

It is too irritating, and has powerful bleaching projierties.

To what doe* Iodoform on-- /t< Antiseptic Properties t

It yields iodine when in contact with animal tissues.

What Advantage lias Carbolic Acid over Creosote f

It is much more soluble in water.

What are Antizymotics ?

Drugs which arrest fermentation.

Mention some Antiparasitics.

Mercurial preparations, chrysarobin, sulphur, storax,

balsam of {)eru, stavesacre, formalin, sulphurous acid, etc.

What are " EujHul " ami " £uso/ " 7

" Eupad " consists of equal weight of finely-powdered

bleaching powder and boric acid. By adding 6^ dramsof this powder to If pints of water, "Eusol" is formed.

The name "Euj)ad" is coined from Edinburgh i/hiversity

Pathological Department.

220

PRESCRIPTIONS.

Hoto icon/ 1 / ijna jirescribe for Ulcerative Utoiuatitis ?

he

Potassii Chlomt.,

221

How would yott prescribe for Hfematemesis t

E'

Plumbi Acet, grs. 40.

Acid. Acet. Dil., 5i.

Liq. Morph. Acet., 3ii-

Aq. Chlorof. ad, 3 vi. Misce.

Cpt. 5 ss. secundis horis ex paul. aq. si opus sit.

What is the Action of the Lead Salt in such a Case ?

By combining with the albumin of the blood it forms

compounds which, for the most part, are insoluble in waterand acids. It also allays the pain and exerts a favourable

influence over the course and progress of gastric ulcer.

Why is Diluted Acetic Acid added to this Prescription ?

Because alkaloids are precipitated by alkaline solutions,

and the acid ensures acidity of the mixture.

Write a Prescriptionfor Atonic Dyspepsia.

Acid. Nitro-hydrochlor. Dil., 5 iii-

Liq. Strych, Hyd., Siss.

Tinct. Aurant., 5 iii-

Inf. Gent. Co. ad, 3 viii. Misce.

Capiat coch. mag. ex paul. aq. ante cibos.

Why is this administered before Meeds f

Because, in consequence of faulty digestion, acetic, lactic,

and butyric acids are produced in the stomach from the

starchy, saccharine, and fatty food constituents, and the

administration of an acid after meals would add to the

distress of the patient.

222

What should be prescribed for Nausea and Vomiting due in

an Irritable State of the Gastric Nerves f

EAcidi Carbolici, grs, iv.

Bismuth. Subnit., 3 "•

Muc. Acaciw, 5 i*

Aq. Menth. Pip. ad, 5 iv. Misce.

Cpt. coch. mag. tertiis horis.

Writ" a Prescription for an Alkaline Gastric Mixture.

aBismuth. Carb., 7) ii.

Sodii Bicarb,, 5 iii.

Magnes. Carb., 3 iss.

Syrupi Zingiberis, 3 i.

Aq. Menth Pip. ad 5 viii. Misce.

Sig. ^88 ter in die post cibos p.p.a.

Describe the Action of this Mixture ami state why it should not

be given before Food.

When given an hour or so after meals, it neutralises theexcessive acidity of the stomach. If administered before

meals it would increase the amount of gastric juice secreted

and so aggravate the acidity.

When is tlie Administration of Bismuth Salta contra-

indicated in Gastric Cases t

In gastrulgia due to habitual constipation, and in j^nvstric

affections due to chlorosis and hypochondria.

Oive a Prescription for Acute Pleuritis.

ft

Tinct. Aconiti, 3 ss.

Tinct Opii, 3 iss-

Aq. Chlorof. ad, 3 ii. Misce.

Cpt. 3 i ex aq. quaque hora.

State the Actions of these Druys in such a Case.

Tlie aconite slows the respiratory movements, thus re-

ducing the amount of work done by the lungs ; it also acts

as a iiiaphoretic. Opium relieves the pain, and subdues the

restlessness.

]Vhat it> the most Suitable Methcni to administer Opium as aDiaphoretic I

Ten grains of Dover's Powder.

Write a Prescription for Acute Bronchitis.

RAntim. Tart., gr i.

Liq. Morph. Tart., 5 ii-

Vin. Ipecac., 5 ii-

Aq. Camph. ad, 5 vi. Misce.

Opt. coch. mag. tertia quaque hora.

When is this Prescription indicated ?

In the very early stages when the bronchial tubes are

drj', swollen, and congested. The Tartar Emetic causes the

tubes to become moist, and the morphia allays the pain andirritation of the " useless " cough.

How would you carry out this Treatment tcith Children t

void

224

Write a Preaeription for Arnte Bronchitis, complicated with

Cardiac Valvular Disease.

aTinct. Digitalis, 3 ii.

Spt. Ammon. Arom., 3 vi.

Spt. iEtheris, 5 iv.

Spt. Chlorof., 3 iv.

Aquae ad, 5 vi. Mi.sce.

Cpt. coch. mag. ex. niin. cyath. aq. tertin qiiaque hora.

Prescrihe for the Later Stages of Bronchitis.

When the expectoration becomes " loose " and morecopious,

—

Vin. Ipecac, 3 iv-

Tinct. ScillflB, 3 iv.

Spt. Ammon. Arom., 3 vi.

Syr. Tolu. ad 5 iii. Misce.

Cpt. 3 i- quater in die ex. aq.

Write an Alternative Prescription for such a Case.

aPotass. lodidi, 5 iss.

Vin. Ipecac, 3 iv.

Spt. Chlorof., 5 iv.

Inf. Senega ad, 5 vi. Misce.Cpt. coch. nuig. quarta (juaque hora ex. aq.

Wlien should the Administration of Opium or Morphine beaimded in Bronchitis f

Wlien the ex])ectoration is loose and copious, as either ofthese drugs will check the sputum, rendering it moreteiuwious, and, at tl>e same time, by diminution of bronchialsensibility, the cough vanishes and the secretion accumulatesin the tubex.

225

Give a JPretrription /or Chronic Dry Bronchial Catarrh.

&Potassii lodid., 3 i-

Potassii Bicarb., 3 iv.

Ammon. Chlorid., 3 ii.

Ext. Glycyrrh. Liq., 3 u-

Aq. Chlorof., ad, 5 viii. Misce.

Cpt. coch. mag. quater in die ex aq.

What is the Effect produced by these Alkaline ^alt^t ?

They lessen the tenacious quality of the sputum, andrender it more liquid.

Write a Prej<rription to be administered during the Intervals

Ipettoeen Attacks of Asthma.

RSodii lodidi, 5 iii.

Liq. Arsenicalis, 5 is-s.

Vin. Ipecac., 5 vi.

Tinet. Belladonnse, 5 ii.

Aq. Chlorof., ad, 3 viii. Misce.

Cpt. coch. mag. bis in die ex aq. p.c.

Indicate ati antages of this Prescription.

1. In a case of idiosyncrasy, where the patient is very

susceptible to iodides, symptoms of iodism would be

eWdent after the first dose.

2. It has to be persevereil with for a lengthy period, andconsequently is likely to produce iodism.

How may lodisiu be prevented ?

1. By large doses of sodium bicarbonate, which will keepthe fluids of the body alkaline and thus prevent theliberation of free iodine.

2. Atropine, by arresting the morbid action taking place

on the mucous siirface, where the free iodine is recombining.

•226

also prevents iodisin {N.B. — Belladonna in foregoing

prescription).

3. Large draughts of water tnken during a course of

iodides hasten elimination of the salt by diluting its

solution.

Prescribe a Mixture containing yEther, Ammonia, andQuinine, for a Case of Pneumonia mth Cardiac

Collapse.

Spt. Amnion. Aromat., 5 iss.

Spt. MthQT., 5 vi.

Tinct. Digitalis, 5 iii.

Spt. Chlorof., 5 iv.

Tinct. Oinchonse, ad, 5 vi. Mij*ce.

Cpt. coch. mag. ex. cyath. vin. aq. quarta quaque hora.

What is '' Baltjs" Pill t

It is a pill composed of equal parts of (usually one grain

of each), powdered digitalis, powdered squill, and blue pill,

and is given in cases of canliac dropsy. It is also knownas " Guy's " Pill.

Explain how Digitalis benefits Dropsy.

By causing increased contraction of the "small arteries andcapillaries, it raises the blood pressure, and so affects the

lymphatic and venous circulations. Its action as a diuretic

must not be overlooked.

Can Squill l>e employed in aJl Cases of Dropsy f

In dropsy caused by any of the chronic disea.ses <if the

kidney, squill should not be used, as it is liable to produce

great renal irritation. The same applies to the use of

mercury, which acts on the renal epithelium, and raises the

blood pressure in the renal system.

When is DigitalU indieaied in iienrt Disease f

When the action of the heart is rapid and weak, and the

arterial tension low.

Pregcrihe for a Case of Aruemia dur to a Cardiac Legion.

ETinct. Digitalis.

Tinct. Ferr. Perchlor., aa, 5 iv.

Acid. Phos. Dil., 3 iii.

Aqua? Chlorof, ad, 5 viii. Misce.

Cpt. coch. med- ex. aq. ter in die p.c.

Why should Digitalis he avoided in the Treatment of Anfjina

Pectoris ?

Because it exerts a constringent action on the small blood-

vessels, and thus raises the general blood pressure.

Could if not he oiiiliiri'il with a Vaso-dilator

?

N(i ; the action of the latter is rapid and evanescent,

whilst the digitalis is slow and continuous in its effect.

Prescribe a Cardiac Tonic to be taken in tJie Intervals

beitceen Anginal Attacks.

RTinct. Strophanthi, 5 iss.

Tinct. Nucis Voui., 3 ii.

Liquor. Trinitrini, I1\^ xvi.

Aq. Camphorae, ad, 3 viii. Misce.

Cpt. coch. mag. quater in die ex aq.

HoHt would you prescribe Acetate of Iron {irhidi is not

o_fficial), and when is its Use indicated 1

RLiq. Ferri Perchlor., 5 iii.

Liq. Amraon. Acet., .5 i.

Spt. Chloroform i, 5 iii.

Aq. ad, 5 viii. Mi.sce.

Cpt. coch. mag. ter in die p.c.

It is indicated in the anaemia of Bright's disease.

228

Sinjyest a Treatment fm- the Ancf/mia of Chronic HeurtDisease.

By a«i)i)inisterin},' iron, digitalis, and a pnrpativo.

Write a Pre^-iiihi for such a Mixture in POI Fonn.

KFerr. Redact., grs. ii.

Pulv. Digitalis, gr. i.

Ext. Aloes, gi-s. ii. Misce.

Fiat pilula. Mitte. xxiv. tales.

Capiat unam ter in die p.c.

WJiat are the Advantayes ami Disadvantages of Refiuced

Iron for Internal Administration ?

It is comparatively tasteless, and readily soluble in gastric

juice.

Owing to ()xidati«tii of iicii. however, the evolution oi

hydrogen ga^ and the conibination of this nascent gas

with snlpliur or phosphorus, luipleasjint eructations (KTur.

Mentitnt some Insfancts in which tJie Official Doses of l>i

may be exceeded.

1. In cases of unmistakable tertiary syphilis, potassium

iodide may be administeretl in doses of 30 grains thrice daily.

2. lu chlorosis and anremiu the official dose of some of

the iron prei«imtions may l>e greatly exceede<i, but it is

always wise to liegin treatment with ;> 'lost, wifliin Mie

official limits.

3. In juvenile chorea, 10 minims oi lv.vi.-i .^ .^-..uuon

may U' given, as an initial dose, three times a day.

What Frtiiauliou.s art neesssary in the Admimsfration ofArMfnieal Solutions ?

1. They should always Iw given after meals.

2. They should l»e «liscontinued on th«' first svnii>t<»tiis of

enteritis, skin pigmentation, or neuritis.

229

Why are Hypnolics dangerous in the Early Stwjes ofDelirium Trenieru?

Because the amount of alcohol consumed hy the patient,

before the attack, will have considerably minimised the

digestive and absorptive powers of the stomach, so that a

hypnotic administered early, may lie unabsorbetl in the

stomach for some time, and then may be all rapidly

abeorbed, and V»eoi>nie danererous to the patient.

Suggest a Setlative for administration in >fiu'h a Case.

BSodii Bromid., 5iv.

Tinct. Nucis Vom., 5 i.

Tinct. Capsici, 5 ii.

Liq. Ammon. Acet., 3 iii.

Aq. Camphorae ad, 5 viii.

Cpt. coch. mag. quarta quaque hora.

Exi'lain (he Action of each Ingredient in the foregoing.

Bromide of sodium in lo-main (ln>( - acts as a sedative,

and not as a hypnotic, in such a case.

Nux vomica and camphor act as cardiac stiinulants, as

well as gastric stimulants.

Capsicum is a stomachic and carminative, an«l in con-

junction with the acetate\of ammonium lul] ~ • nllay the

rravinij for more alcohol.'

Stale tlie Action of Castor OH in Diarrhata.

Pure castor oil has a local, emollient, and sedative action

;

when it reaches the duodenum a small percentage of it is

converted into ricinoleic acid, which acts as a purgative, andthe unaltered remainder pa.s.ses down the alimentary tract

where it exerts a sedative and emollient action.

What other Purgative is used in the Treatment of Diarrhoea t

Calomel; as an initial purgative in doses of 5 to 10 grain?,

230

or in smaller doses of J grain every ln'Ui : In the latter case

it acts as an intestinal antiseptic.

Hmc in Ipeitacuanha adiiiinisti-retl in Dysentery ?

Thirty grains of the powdered root, in water, should l)e

given in a single dose on one day, after a three hours' fast,

following a sharp purge, and no food or liquid must l>e

administered for at least a couple of hours, to prevent

vomiting. The following day 25 grains may be given,

and so on till 145 grains have been taken.

\VJiaf Attemptti have been madt' to yrecent Eniesis follomugout'h a Large Dose f

The i)owder has been given in keratin-coated tablets, so

that it may j»ass unaffected to the duodenum.Emetine, the active princii)le, which is a powerfiU poison

to the amoeba, has been injected intramuscularly, in the

form of the hydrochloride, in i-grain doses, once a day.

Describe tlie Action of Bromides in Epilepsy, and state hoir

the /nil Physiological Effects are discerned.

They diminish the hyper-excitability of the cortical centre.-^.

Intense drowsiness and lo.^s of the palatal reflex indicate

that the drug is pushed far enough.

Prescribe for a Case of Epile}mj. .

231

Hmo toouid you ftreifcribe Gol4ihieuin to relieve the Pain in

Acute Oouf?

RVilli Colchici, siv.

Magnesii Sulpliatis, 3 iss.

Mag. Carb. Pond,, sii.

Aq. Menth. Pip., ad, 5 xii. Mi.sce.

Capiat 5ii. skatim et si quartis horis p.p.a.

MTutt is Peculiar about thi,< Prescription f

The initial dose of colchicum wine is 40 minima. This

quantity should never be exceeded or repeated, but is quite

safe when given with a saline purgative.

When is Colchicum contrarindicated in Gout ?

When the gout is of a retrocedent nature, as in such a

case there is inflammation of internal organs, and colchicum

is a powerful ga^tro-intestinal irritant, and very depressant

in its effects.

Give tlie Method of administering Suprarenal Gland in aCa^ti 0/ Hiematemesis.

In the form vi lienor adrenalini hydrochloricus, 30 ininim»«

with 1 dram of water, may be given by the mouth, especially

when a solution of chloride of calcium (1 dram in 4 ounces

of water) has >)een previously injected slowly into the

rectum. The liquor should on no account be given hypo-

dermically, as, by constricting the small arteries of the

body, it would cause a rise of general blood-pre.ssure, and

so aggravate the tendency to haemorrhage.

Should Ergot Im administered in H<jematemesis ?

No; ergot directly . x it.s the heart muscle and causes

a general contraction of the arteries all over the body, so

that there is a rise of blood-pressure. Its action on the

stomach is different from that on the uterus.

23-2

What would you prescribe in a Ccuse of Frequent Hannoptysift ?

aCalcii Chloridi, 5iiss.

Diamorph. Hydroch., gr. \.

Tinct. Aconiti, lT\_xvi,

Acid. Hydrocyanici Dil., IT\^ xvi.

Aq. Chlorof. ad, 3 viii. .M isce.

One tablespoonful to be given every 30 minutes whilst the

haemorrhage is severe.

Indicate the Chief Point to be considered in the Medicinal

Treatment of Renal Calculus.

The composition of the calculus. Should the concretion

be composed of uric acid, tlie urine must be kept con-

tinuously alkaline for long periods, but should the concre-

tion be of a phosphatic nature, by keeping the urine

alkaline it would tend to encourage the deix).sition of morephosphates and so enlarge the calculus.

What is " Gravel " ?

It is renal sand, and composed of uric acid or urates.

How would you keep the Urine Alkaline for a f^engthy

Period?

Potassii Bicarljonatis, 5 i.

Potassii Citratis, r> vi.

Aquae ad, 5 xii. Miace.

Capiat coch. mag. cum coch. mag. succi limonis quater

in die.

How icouhl you increase the Acidify qf the Urine f

HHexaminae, 5 iv.

Acid. Scxlii PhoHpltat., 5 ii.

Aqute ad, 5 xii.

Capiat coch. mag. quater in ilie.

233

When i# Diffitaluf contra-indicated as a Diuretic ?

In the early stages of acute Bright's disease, when the

arterial tension is high.

Give the Treatment of Anasarca in Chronic Brighfs Disease.

By the administration of a saline cathartic. Calomel is

not safe and diuretics are not reliable. Hay's methodci»nsists in the administration of 2 ounces magnesiumsulphate in 2 ounces of water, after the alimentary canal

has been emptied by a twelve to eighteen hours fast.

This concentrated saline solution, by a process of osmosis,

abstracts much fluid from the tissues, and many pints of

fluid are evacuated.

Prescribe an Efficient Diuretic in a ca^-^e of Int^ntifial

Nephritis.

&Potassii Acetat., jvi.

Succi Scoparii, 5 ii.

Inf. Digitalis ad, oviii. Misct-.

Cpt. 3 ss quater in* die e.v aq.

What is the Danger in reducing the Excessive A rteriaJ Tf^unon

of Bright's Disea,<e ?

It must not l>e lowered too much, as the risk <>f effusion

into serous cavities is then greatly increased.

How then would you strike the Happy Medium 7

By administering nitroglycerin ; one minim of the official

liquor four times a day, not only reduces the arterial tension,

but will relieve the accompanying headache, dy.<pna^. andgiddiness.

Write a Prescription for a Case of Acute Pleuritic Pyrexia.

BTinct. Aconiti, 5i.

Sodii Salicylat., 5 ii.

Liq. Ammon. Acet. ^ii.

Liq. Morph, Hyd., si.

Aq. Camph. ad, 3 viii. Misce.

Cpt. coch. mag. tertia quaque hom.

234

Expldi" fhf Ohjf'i-t i)i' f])i- Morphia nml staff irh"r> fir

I'- -fiiifinh .<l,iiiilil l,r s/o^rped.

To allay pt'isisteiit ])ain, continumis uiirc>l, or iuccssaiit

cough iiif:.

'Die iiH-diciiic vjiniild Ixi suspended when jdcuiilic ctt'u.^ion

has taken place.

//'I,, ,r.uil,l ijnii iH-r.-^rrilir Iron in a Cane of Chronir /'hf/ii*i< /

BLi(l. Feni Perchlorid., 5 iii.

Spiiit. ('Iilorofornii, 5 ii.

liit'u-. (^tiiassia- ad, ,", viii. Miscc.

Capiat inch. iua,i;. ter in die p.c.

}\li'it /'.- flip A'lDu'ninfrafinn nf i^nrli a Tniiif (onfra-iii'h'rafeif ?

It '-iMiHJd iidt he L;i\cn where u tendency tn hicmoptysis

(\i.-'-. a:- ill such a ca-c tin- iiou would stimulate the cardiac

iirii^ihilii\ and a^-ravate the bleeding. Nor shmild it he

uixen in h-hrile or dyspeptic cases.

M ///' f/ Pr's-n'ififior/ rnntaininxj Quiniiir. Plnntphorus. v /

SI riirliinin^/,,) a Ca^r of /'/ifliisi.<.

li

<,)uinin:e Siilphatis, _:::; ».< 'ale. Ilypiiplio., :; ii.

T'.iH '. Niieis N'liiii., ^ iis-.

>>\ I. \ uraiit., :; vi.

A'ju:e ad, = viii. Mi.see.

Capiat K.ch. mag. ter in die semi li<»m ante cilios.

'"1 ''iiiliiij's of this Frescription,

','uii. .nil pyretic, keeping; down the fever:"id rh'

, in conjunction with tlie nu\ vdinioa

. It iiiipi'Mve.s the ap|>etite. aiitl in'

235

Hoif it any LHmdvantage ?

Quinine, if given near bedtime, is liable to provoke

sleeplessness and aggmvate the night cough, as well as to

excite a headache.

When itt Opium or Morphine coiifra-indicated in Phthitfis?

When the cough is attended with expectoration, it should

he remembered that opium, or morphine, diminishes the

bronchial secretion, causing an inspissation of the mucusin the air-f)avssages, and making it more tenacious anddifficult of expulsion. Moreover, there is also a temporary

anaesthesia of the bronchial mucous membrane caused, and

when this passes oft', the patient becomes exhausted in an

endeavour to exj^l the dried secretion.

Pi'escribe a Cough Mixture containing Morphine.

RLiquor. MorphinjB Acetat.,

Aquie Laurocei-asi, aa 5 ii.

Syrupi Limonis, 5 vi.

Aqute Chlorof. ad, 5 iss. Misce.

Capiat coch. min. quartis horis si opus sit.

How would you prescribe for a Phthisical Cough with

Expectoration ?

ft

Sodii Bicarb., Siii.

Sodii Chlorid., 3 i.

Spt. Ammon. Arom., siii.

Spt. Chlorof., 3 v.

Aq. ad., 5 viii. Misce.

Capiat coch. mag. ex aq. callid. pro re nata.

What is meant by Uie Afjortire Treatment of Syphilis andwhat Drug is given 7

It is an attempt to prevent the advance of .secondary

symptoms when the primary .symptoms arc in their early

.'<tage. Persist in the administration of moicury.

236

In what Manner is this Drug best prescribed f

RHydrarg. cum Creta, gr. iss.

Pvilv. Ipecac. Co., ^v. iss.

Quininse Sulpliatis, gr. i. Misce.

Fiat pilula. Mitte c.

Capiat imam quater in die i).c.

/ ../• Ill) 'I- long should this be administered ?

Al)out a year; the gums being watched closely, an<l the

dose diniiuislipd should sponginess or i)tyHli.«.!ii becomemarked.

Indicate the Object oj Daver's Poivder in this Fill f

To check the diarrha'a likely to be produced l)y the

mercury.

Write a Prescription /or a Case of Tertiary Syphilis.

RPotassii lodidi, 5 iise.

Liq. Hydrarg. Perchloridi, ^ iiss.

Spt. Chloroformi,

^iv.

AquflB ad, 3X. Mifw-e.

Cpt. cocl». mag. ter in die iK)st cibos ex aq.

What is ** Enchlorine" and its Formula ?

It in an antiseptic raixtuiv, fomndatetl by Y ,

in various forms of fevers.

RPotassii (Jhlorat., grs. 30.

.Vcid. Ilydrochlor. Pur., ^i.

Quin. Sulphatis, grs. 30.

Syrup. Aurant., jvi.

Aq. a«l, 3 xii. Mlsce.

('a)iiit coch. mag. quaque secunda bora.

237

Describe the ''Empirical" Treatment of Acute Rheumatism.

The administration of salicylates. It is called " empirical"

because our knowledge of their actions is not sufficient to

tell us why they are efficient.

Mention tliL Dru<j.< included under the Gene}-al Tetnu" SaUcijlateit.'^

Sodium salicylate, salieiu, salicylic acid, salol, methylsalicylas, acidum acetyl salicylicum (aspirin).

HV'V. a Prescnjitton /or a Salicylate Mixture.

RSodii Salicyl., siii.

Sodii Bicarb., 5vi.

Syr. -'Vurant., siv.

Aq. Meuth. Pip. ad, 5 viii. Misce.

Capiat coch. mag. quater in die.

What i< the " Alkaline " Treatment of Acvie Rheumatism t

The administration of potassium bicarbonate in doses

sufficient rapidly to render the urine alkaline. This

method wa.** founded upon the idea that in rheumatism

there is an excess of uric acid in the blood, and if the

alkalinity of the blood was increased the uric acid wouldl)e lewsened.

Hoic should Aloei* h*- adminis' ' ' • I/^r^'ire in a Cane

of Htemorrhoidn ?

As a purgative, in such u case, aloes should not >>e

employed, but as a laxative to stimulate the muscular coats

of the atonic veins, it is administered in small doses in

conjunction with cascara sagrada and nux vomica. Its

atlministration, in all forms, is contra-indicated when the

hsemorrhoids are inflamed.

238

Write a mitahle Prescription for its Administration.

RExt. Aloes, K^'-

i-

Ext. iVucis Vom., j,'r. |.

Ext. Cascara Sag. Sice, grs. ii. Misce.

Fiat pilula. Mitte xxxvi tales.

Capiat unam ter in die jiost cibos.

What is the Aih-anhKie 0/ the foi'et/oitifj Comhi)iot!im?

Aloe.s, as a laxative, takes from fifteen to iwfiity hours to

act, but when combined with other laxati\i -, -^ '{feet is

accelerated.

Give a Prexrrlpfion for Emesis in a Case of Croup.

\\

\'ini Antinionialis, 5 iii.

Vini Ii)ecacuanha3, 5 iv.

Syr. Scillse, 5iv.

Aquae ad, ,5 ii. Misce.

One teaspoonftd every fifteen minutes till vomiting occurs,

then half that quantity every three hours afterwards.

Why are " Expectorant " Emetics indicated t

So that after emesis, the exi)ectomnt qualities of the

drugs may l)e available to establish and inaint.iiii ti-.

larviiL'oal scM'n'tion.

Will/ >iniiil'l (>/i/iiiii not tte oiliiitiin-irirU m //ffinfil" Con-

i'nlsii)H.< ! Siit/(jest a Suifaide Medicine.

Because when its sedative eflFect pa-sses oti, it leaves the

peripheral and central nervous apparatus more susceptible

than before its administration.

RSodii Iin)midi, 388.

(/hloral. Hydrat., grs. iv.

Liq. Amnion. A<'et., jiv.

Syr. Simplicis, 5iv.

A*}. Anethi ad, 5 ii. Misce.

Capiat cod), min. omni secunda horn.

239

Write a Presrription for an Ointment for the Treatment ofScabies, ami point out its Mode of Action.

RSulphur. Precip., 5ii.

Cret. Preparat., 5 iii.

Saponis Mollis, 3 i.

Paralf. Mollis, 5!. Misee.

It. ung. Applic. ut dictu.

The pit'pun^ii chalk aids mechanically in opening ti|) the

burrows of the Acarus scabiei, and the soft soap helps the

})enetration of the sulphur winch is a parasiticide.

Ptesrrihe for the External Treatment of Paoriasis, and iniJi'-at>'

the Precautions necessary in using the preparation.

RChrysarobini, 5 vi.

Acidi Salicyl., 5 iii.

Paraff. Mollis, ad 5 iv. Misce.

Ft. ung. m.d.u.

Owing to the irritating quality of the chrysarobin, the

face and eyes of the patient must be protected. Theremay also be much inflammation of the more sensitive parts

of the skin, such a.s the flexures of the joints, and duewarning should be given to the patient; or they may beprotected by the application of zinc ointment.

Write a Prescription for the Treatment of Rinyicorm of th>

Scalp.

BHydrarg. Oleatis, ^iss.

Acidi Salicylici, :_'r8. xx.

Adepis Lan. Hyd.,

Parafi". Mollis, aii 5 i. Misce.

Ft. ung. To be well ma.s.saged into the scalp for

ten minutes twice daily.

SYNOPSIS OF CHANGES IN PHARMACOPCEIA 1914.

I. Drugs and Preparations not included in "B. P." 1898.

'. elOliUlii.

Aeidum AcetyI-Salicylii--uni.

Acidum HydriwJirum DiUitum.

Adrenalinuin.

Barbitoniiin.

Benuunina.- I>actA8.

Ckidi Lactits.

CMithMidinuni.

Chloral Konuaniidimi.

Cresol.

Diamorphina.' Hydrochloridum.

Ferri I'hosphas Saccharatus.

Utmiacol.

HexMiiino.

Li<)iior Adrenalin! Hydrochloricus.

Liquor Fonnaldehydi.

Injectio Strychniiise Hypodemiica.

Methvl Salievlas.

I'elletierina? Tanna-

Phenolphthaleinuiii.

Resorcinuni.

Stroiitii Broniidum.

Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici.

Theobrominae et Sodii Salicyli

Tinctura Picrorhbif.

2. Drugs and Preparations included in "B. P." 1898, but not now official.

Cantharit*.

Coca PreparatioiiM.

Coniom rreiianilions.

Qaterhim l*n;paratiofis.

lahorandi Kolia ntifl rn.|>ara-

tioim.

Liciuores Concentrati.

Papaverifi Capsula.

Physo8ti(nna and Preparations.

Ficrotoxinuni.

SarsB Radix.

Sodii Sulphocarbol.-iK.

Stranionii Seuiina.

Unguentuni Sulphuris lodidL

Uni^oientuni Veratrina.

Vcratrina.

Zinci Sulphocarbolas.

3. Drugs which must be of a standardised Streng^.

KtherAconiti Kadix, iiiuhI contain '4 per cent

Soluble Alkaloids.

Reltadonns Folia, must contain '3 |>er cent.

AlkaloidK.

Ipecacuanha: Kodix, must contain not less th2 per cent. Alkaloids.

Nux Vomica, must contain not leu than I

per cent. Strychnine.

4. Preparations which have been standardised

Kxtnu-tUDi Filictii Liquidum, 20 per cent, t^licin.

Do. IIydnMitt5 Liquidum, 2 per cent,ilydraiitin.

l>o. Hyonnyami, :> per cent. Alkaloids.

Linimentum Aconiti, '2 per cent. Kther-ScAlkaloids.

Tinctura Aconiti, "04 per cent. Btber-SoAlkaloids.

Kniplaatrum"tr^nifth

Preparations, the Strengths of which have been reduced.

Syrupus Ferri lodidi, one third less Ferrous ludid

TabelUc Trinitrini, each contatnin)f ,\n s'rain.

Tinctura Belladonnic, one third less alkaloid

I)o. Diiritalis, 20 per cent, lens acti-

IfTcdients.

Do. Opii Aminoniata, one tenth lcs»alkaloid

Unipientum Acidi Carholici, 2.'> per cent, weakeDo. HydrarKyri, 20 {ter cent, leas Hg.

Do. do. Amuioniati, 60 per c«leaa Hydranr. Ammoii.

lielladonnK;, half the previous

' Hjrpoderntiea, half the previous

1 ije Hypodermica, half the previoui

Mphori, haH the pre^ioaa atrength.

' <-i (Seminuni). half the prevkuua

1 ^ totnioc, half the prev ions strenirth

'htspw Aoidi <Vrboliri, do. do.

6. Preparations, the Strengths of which have been increased.

A«.-eiuni SrilljT. double utren^'th.

SpirltUM Juniperi, do.

UiiKUcntiin) Hydrariryri Subchloridi, do.

Tinctura Strophant'ii, four timea atroofer.

Do. < >|>ii, alkaloid increand tt |)er oeat.

7. Preparations, the Names of which have been altered.

' lura Indt Fortt.*, InnlodlFortia.

I.i.niorI

Tinctura Iwli Miti», formrrUI lodi:

M Tu

INDEXAcACXi BARK, 63 ; decoction, 152 ;

mucilage, 170A.C.E. mixture, 124Aceta, 135, 149Acetanilidum, 129, 200Acetonum, 125Acids, 135, 142Acidity, 232Aconite, 193, 195, 196, 197, 213 ;

aconitina, 2, 33 ; Unimenta,163 ; liquor, 164 ; tinctura,

181 ; unguentum, 185Adeps lana;, 30 ; preparatus, 31Adhesive plasty, 154Adjuvants, 208Adrenalinum, 29 ; liquor, 165

;

adrenalin, 195Agropyrum, 41 ; extract, 158

;

decoction, 153Alcohol, 120, 192, 195, 198, 200,

203, 207, 214Alimentary system, 202Alkalies, 201," 203Alkaloids, 1 ; alkaloid salts, 6Almond, 46Aloes, 22, 212, 207, 237 ; qifoin, 207ALstonia,.-64- -

Akufi; 104, 160, 195, 205Aluminhnnr^04"Ammonia, 193, 214, 226 ; spiritus

aromat., 176Ammoniacum, 15 ; mixture, 170Ammonium, 88, 196 ; chloridum,

88 ; benzoate, 89, 193 ; bro-

midum, 89, 88, 207Amygdalae, 47 ; oil, 20T"^^.i8tura,

170Amyl nitris,(l46, 201, 216Amylum, 67

Ana?mia, 228 ; secondary, 192Anaesthetics, 213 ; local, 213

;

general, 215Analgesics, 213Anasarca, 233Anchylostomiasis, 212Anethnm, 150Angina pectoris, 196, 227Anhidrotics, 197

Anise, 52 ; aqua, 150 ; spiritus,

177

Anodynes, 213Anthelmintics, 211Antiemetics, 206Antifebrin, 129, 213Antimony, 73, 75 ;

pulvis com-positus, 174; salts, 196;vinum, 187

Antiperiodics, 211

Antipj-retics, 199 ; antipyrine, 129

Antiseptics, 201, 218Antispasmodics, 218Antizymotics, 219Apomorphine, fT^) 201, 205

;

injectio hypodermica, 182

;

uguentum, 185

Aquae, 149Araroba, 67Argentum, 98; nitras, 98Aigjrria, 99Arnica flowers, 62Aromatics, 203Arsenic, 70, 75, 207, 211, 214

sodiiT" 87 ; iodidum, 117

. linimentum, 164 ; salts, 197

solutions, 228Asafetidae, 15 ;

pilula, 170

Ascites, 198Asparagin, 40

! Asthma, 225Astringents, 209Atropine, 2, 9, 26, 34^^65,J92Ua7.

218 ; lamell«rr53TlS"men-tum, 164

Aurantii, aqua 150 ; infusion, 151 ;

vinum, 186

Bael frbtt, 63 ; liquid extract,

158Balsams, 16. 201; fnars, 201;

Peru, 16; tolu, 16

Baly's piU, 226I Barbitonum, 129Barks, 63Bearberry leaves, 60

I Belladonna, 34, 38, 195. 197, 201,

203, 209, 212, 213. 236;

241

242 INDKX.

Belladonna

—

continued.

emplastrum, 154 ; extractam,156 ; leaves, 55 ; linimentum,164 ; suppositoria, 178 ; tinc-

tura, 181 ; unguentum, 185Benzamine, 213 ; benzaconine, 33 ;

lactaa, 5Benzoin, 16, 137, 219 ; acid, 137,

198 ; ammonii benzoas, 87,

89, 198 ; trochiscus acidi, 184Berberine, 35, 43Betel leaves, 57

(Bismuthum, 103; carh., 103;liquor, 104; salicyL, 103;/Bubnit., 103 ; trochiscus comp/184

Black haw, 66Black wash, 168 ; draught, 168Bland's piU, 106, 171Blue stone, 102 ; ointment, 184 ;

pill, 172Boric acid, 160, 219 ; glyoerinam,

160 ; mel. horacis, 169 ; sodii

biboratc, 88Bright's disease, chronic, 233Bromide, 119, 197. 212, 214, 230;

ammonii bromidum, 89

;

bromism, 120 ; potassii, 82 ;

sodii, 86; strontii, 119Bronchial catarrh, 22">

Bronchitis, 223, 224Hronm tops, 63Hrii.iiio, 5, 50, 214lluchu leaves, 57 ; infusion, 162 ;

tincture, 180Bulbs, 54Bat«) gummi, 23 ; seeds, 48Butyl-chloral hydras, 126

OArrviKB, 3. 192, 198Cnjnputi spiritus, 177; oil,

Crtlinnine, 101

Calcium, 90 ; carbonate, 91;

innrupus laotophosphatis, 179

;

liquor, 166; lactate, 191CalciduB renal. 232 '

Calomel, 112. MW. 2(>7. 210 a

C«lambarn< 10.161/Calx. 91; .' vdnw,

91 : ' .>,MM^. -.1; lini-

III' <: liquor. 91. 166:p>i '-': siilpliiirnuv 92

Camphor, 1 7, 201 ; aqua, 150

;

tinctura corap., 182Canada balsam, 16Ceuiadine, 43Cannabis indica, 62 ; tinctura,

182Cantharidini, 27 ; emplastrnm,

1 5^,f--tincture7 TBI ~-n

Capercum, 53 ; tinctnraa_18r

Ouaway, 52Carbolic acid, 219, 130, 195, 199

;

glyoerinnm, 160 ; trochiscus,

184, 195Carbon compounds, 120Carbon disulphidum, 135

Cardamoms, 48Cardiac dnigs, 192Cardiac valvular disease, 224Carminatives, 205Carui aqua, 150Cascara sagrada, 64 ; extraotnm,

155, 158 ; syrupus aromat.,

180; ext. liq., 209Cascarilla, 64Cassia, 53, 55 ^Castor oil, 42, 209, 229,/Catarrh, irronchtsr, 225Catechu, 68 ; pulvis, 173 ; troch-

iscus, 184Cathartics, 208 ; cholagogue, 208 :

drastic, 208 ; hydragogue.

208; purgative, 211 ; saline.

208Caustics, 81 ; lunar, 98Cephjpline, 36Cera alba, 31 ; flavn. 31

Cetaoeum, 28Charcoal, 210f?hamomile, 61

Chemical incompatibility, 187Chemical Mat. Med., 70, 81

Cherry laurel, 59 ; aqua, 150

Chiretta, 32, 35(^horalnmide, 127

Chloral hydras, 125 ; formamidum.127 ; syrupus. 179

Chlorine. 219; gargle, 220Chloroform, 122 ; aqua, 160

;

spiritus, 176 ; tinctura et

morphinip comp.. 182, 192,

195. 201, 203, 212, 214Cholagc^os, 206

INDEX. 243

Chromic acid, 142, 195Chronic Blight's disease, 233Chronic heart disease, 228Chrysarobin, 11, 45, 67, 239;

chrj'sophanic acid, 45Ciliary excitants, 201Cinchona, 10; bark, 211; cin-

chonine, 64 ; cinchunism, 11 :

cortex, 64 ; infusion, 161 ;

liq. extract, 158 ; tinctura,

181 ; tinctura comp., 182Cinnabar, 111

Cinnamon, 65 ; aqua, 150 ; pulvis,

173, spiritus, 177

Citric acid, 137;196, 199

Citrine ointa>«li{, 186aoves, 6*^CoccL-^Snctura, 182Coe&hie, 4, 162, 192, 213, 218

/injection, 162 ; lamella,

unguentum, 185Cochineal, 28CocnteawflT'Srinoracia, 34Codeine, 5, 201 ; syrupus phos-

phatis, 179Cod liver oil, 212Colchicum, 48, 207 ; colchicin, 48 ;

extract, 155 ; tinctura, 182 ;

vinum, 187

Collodium, 151 ; flexile, 151 ;

vesicans, 151

Colocynth, 55Coma diabetic, 190Common salt, 211Confectiones, 151 ; rosse, 151 ;

piperis, 151, 169 ; senna;, 151 ;

sulphuris, 151

Conium, 194, 201Conserves, 151

Convolvulus, 38; XQuyolvHliii, 37Convulsiope infantile, 238Copaiba,/CoriandeCorrosiv^ sublimate.

Cotton wtCouch grassTCounter irritants, 213Cream of tartar, 18, 138

Creosotum, 131, 201, 210, 219Oresol, 133, 219 ; liquor saponatus,

167

Creta preparatus, 90 ; niistura, 91,

170 ; pulvis, 172 ; cum-hydrargyro, 91

Croton oil, 20 ; linimentum, 163Croup, 288 -

—

- -'

Cubebs, 21, 53, 197 ; oil, 201(y'ucurbita semina, 42Cuprum 102; sulphas, 102, 195Curd soap, 30Cusso 42, 61, 211Cystitis, 199

Dandelion, 41Datura, 49; tinctura sciuiiium, 182

Decoctions, 152lirium tremens, 229Iphinum, 50 ; delphino, 50ipressants, uterine, 212abetic coma, 190

Diamorphine, 8Diaphoretics, 196, 223Diarrhoea, 209, 229Digitalis, 51, 193, 195, 198, 226;

digitoxin, 58 ; digitalin, 58

;

digitin, 58 ; infusion, 162,

tinctura, 182Disinfectants, 218Diuretics, 197, 233 ; diurctin, 1

1

Dolomite, 94Donovan's solution, 113, 165

^Dover's powder, 26, 37, 173, 223,

236Dropsy, 226Drugs, cardiac, 192 ; acting on

blood vessels, 194 ; skin, 196respiratory, 200

Dysentery, 230I^pepsia, atonic, 221

Easton's Syrup, 107Ecbolics, 212Effervescent salts, 174Electuary, 151Elixirof vitriol, 143; paragoric, ISi

Embelia, 53, 211

Emetics, 73, 201, 203, 204. 22:^

230; emetine, 36

i

Emmenagogues, 212' Emplastra, 1531 Emulsions, 47

I

Enemata, 208

IEnzmyes, 30

244 INDEX.

Epilepsy, 215. 230EpispasticuB liquor, 165, 168Ergot, 68, 162, 195, 212, 231 ;

extract, 155 ; liq. extract,

158 ; infusion, 162 ; injectio

hypodermica, 162 ; tincture

ammoniata, 183Escharotics, 194Eserine sulphate, 8Ether, 192, 195, 201, 203, 214;

nitrons, 200 ; spiritus, 176 ;

tinctura, 181

Ethyl hydroxide, 120 ; oxide,

123; chloride, 125Eucalyptus, 211Euchlorine, 236Euonymin, 65, 207 ; extract, 157

Eupad. 219 ; eusol, 219Excitants, 201Extracts, 155, 158Eye, 217 ; golden ointment, 186

Fats, 19Fel bovinum, 29 ; purificatum, 206Fennel, 52Fern (male), 42, 211 ; filicin, 42

;

filicis liq. ext., 158, 211Ferri sulphas, 100; carb. sacch.,

107 ; et ammonii citras, 108

;

et potassii tartras, 108 ; et

quininte oitras, 108 ; phos-phas sacoharatus, 107 ; pilula,

171 ; sulphas exsiccatus, 106 ;

yrupus phosphatis, 178

;

tinctura perchloride, 182

;

trocbisous redacti, 184 ; vi-

num, 187Ferric salts, 107 ; ferrous salt^, 106Fixed oils. 19

Flowers, 61

Flowers of sulphur, 115Formaline, 167

Fowler's solution. 164

Friar's balBatn. 201Fniita, ripe, 61 ; unripe, 53

GAUIkOTAOOOUSS. 212Galls, 09; unguentum cnin opio,

69. 185.

Gargle, chlorine, 220Caultheria, 21

(jelatinum, 28

Gelsemium, 42, 194 ; gelsemine,

42 ; tinctura, 182Generative organs, 212Gentian, 43 ; extract, 155 ; in-

fusion comp^ 161

Ginger, /C6, 203 .)

GlauberS>::«rit8r 84Glucosides, 11

Glusidum, 134Glycerina, 160 ; suppositoria, 178

Glycogenic function, 207Goa powder, 67Golden seal, 43 ; eye ointment, 186

Gossypii radicis corticis liq. ext.,

158Goulard's extract, 97, 166 ; lotion,

166Gout, 190, 231Gravel, 232Gregory' powder, 96, 173Grey powder, 111

Griffith's mixture, 106, 169Grindelia, 59 ; ext, liq., 158

Guaiacol, 132Guaiacum, 13, 22, 66; mistura,

170 ; tinctura ammoniata,183 ; trochiscus resinap, 184

Gums, 18 ; gum resins, 14

Guy's pill, 226

Hamamkus VntQiNiANA, 59Ha^matemesis, 221, 231Hsematinics, 190Hsematoxylon, 66Haemoptysis, 232Htemorrhoids, 237Haemostatics, 195Hazel witch, 59Heart, chronic dtsrae^, 228Hexamine, 133, 199Homatropine, 218; hj-drobromidc,

8; lamella, 163Hoise-radiHh root. 33Hydrargyri subchloridum. 111

113; emplastnnn, 154 ; iodi

dum rubrum. 113, 117; ole

atum.l.'i; oxidum flavum,ll2oxidum rubrum. 112; per

chloridum, 113; pilula, 172

unguentum, 186 ; ung. amnioniati, 186 ; ung. iodid

rubri, 186 ; ung. nitratis, 186

INDttX. 245

Hydrargyii sabchloridum

—

ronld.j

ung.' nitratis dilutum, 186

;

ung. oleati, 186; ung. oxidi|

flavi, 186 ; ung. oxidi robri,|

186 ; ung. subchloridi, 186

Hydrastis, 44, 211, 212; hydra-

stine, 43 ; ext. liq., 158

Hydriodici acidi syrupus, 179|

Hydrochloric acid, _144 j

Hydn^n, peroxide, 219"

HyoBcyainus, 55. 195, 197, 203

;

hyDScyamine, o, 192, TUS

;

sulphate, 8 ; extract, 155

Hypnotics, 215, 229, 230

Hyoscine, 218

IOA8x:^ac Acid, 50Indian hemp, 62, 212

Indiaa sqaiU, 54Infosa. 160Injectiones hypodermicae, 162

Inscription, ISiB

Inspissated juices, 22lodidum sodii, 86, 117, 197 203;

potassii, 82 ; ungueutum pot>

assii, 185 ; ung. hydraigyri

rubri, 186 ; ung. plumbi, 186 ;

potassii, 224 ; syrupus, 178

lodum, 116; ung., 185; iodism, 118

Iodformum,132, 201 ; suppoffltocia,

178 ; unguentum, 185

Ipecacuanha, 3.">, 196, 200, 205;ext- bq., 158; polvi* oomp., -

172; trochisoua, 184 ; vinij^'

-p«Tga;

'Jalap, 14, 22, 37,, 38. 207, 209;pulvis compositus, 173 ; tincv

tara, 181

nTr-yBirdfir

Jasmine, yellow, 42Jateorhiza calumba. 35

Juniper, 198 ; spiritus, 177; oil, 201

Kaladana,14 ; pulvis comp., 173;

tinctura, 182Kaolin, 105Kayae liq. extract, 158Kino, 23 ; pulvis comp., 172

;

troekiBons eucalypti, 184

Krameria, .39 ; ext.. 156 , troch-

iscus, 184

Lamell.*:, 163Lard, 185Laurocerasus aqua, 59 ; lauro-

cerosin, 59Lavandulse spiritus, 177

Laxatives, 2OTLead, 214 ; sugar of. 97 3 plaster,

153; 8alfsri5Hr22rLeaves, 55Lemon, 52Lignum vitse. 66Lime oxalate, 45 ; liniment, 163

Linimenta, 163

Linseed, 50^,Liquorice root^ZS^Liquores, 3trl64, 165

Litharge, 96Lithium, 90, 199

Liver, 206^LobeUa, 32, 194, 201 ; tinctura

stherea, 181

Loganin, 50Logwood, 66, 199Lotiones, 168

Magnesia fluid, 95 ; heavy car-

bonate, 96 ; light carbonafe, 9fr^

Magnesium, 94; carbonas levi^

^85; carbonas ponderosUs, 9«ri

sulplia8r"94 ; suljphas effer-

vescens, 95 ; oxidum, 95

;

magnesite, 94Male fern, oil, 153 ; extract

filicis liq., 211

Meconic acid, 24Mel depuratum, 31, 169 ; boracis,

169Melon seeds, 49, 211

Menthol, 18, 201, 210; spiritus

piperitse, 177

Mercury {see hydrargjTum) ; mcr-

curialism, 115Methyl salicvlas, 22 ; salpbonal,

129; violet, 199Mexican scammwjy, 38Milk of sulphur, 115

Mistura, 169Morphine, 7, 26, 36. 126, 224

aoetas,? ; hydrochloridum, 7

injectio hjfpodermica, 162

suppositoria, 178 ; tinctora et

cmoroformi, 182

346 OIDEJC.

lUrmaoL, 133. l»o, 210, 219215

jBtentitisl, 233irfiteB, 213JIM IjlilCTM, 213IM __

MHw^ 79; svm4 tfirt, 146Ktatie aflU. 1«^ 147 ; Mha, 146IBlw Wiiii^ 47MtBKgjytCTwi^ 147KtRMKCtlHf; 200WbIij, 50W«x rume»,5^205,2B9; CKtiaet,

155; fi4.est^l58; tiaetan,181

OmoAi. nuBTAKATio^rs, 149OOi^ 19

196138

15Otn oO, 29Ofina. 7, 23. 36. 63. 126w 196. 196^

20li. 207. 212. 213. 214. 223.294; csiaet. 155; fiq. ex-tnct, 168; fiiiiMiiil««, 164;pahris eoaqiL, 172;181;182 ; vngDotu m eaa giUg.18S

<^W9». 51Okpm, OMnlire. 212OnnW^inw38

, lai 169; KiilB. 169;169

212

OxjMi.

Hr 165

134; 134128

ie, etisir. 182

;

134;

8Mt«k.lS2 i PAbm

Uimaa. 11, 42 ; pdle-211

BBtttatjioot. 40^BpHHOH, 30 ; gljrtaimiiii. 160PeraiidB of iim. Ill

PlmiiiiliiM, 196Feldk 60niiiMM<iliig,ii ! ioMmpatibOities.-

188" 1 189'130, 191, 200, 213

129, 191, 200, 213Phe^^2U, no, 213

Si^piianir™; oL. 22; 74. 191

;

jhmsikfUm, 84. 107. 196^ 204Fkjaottiffamm, 5. 9. 196^ 203. 214,

217. 218Flnodiizs. 43 ; bq. exiae*. 158FShMupins. 9, 196, 201, 212. 217,

218ranhe. 170

^F^Brii^ 169; owiliTiioa, 152Filaitvf extneft, 212Fin* tm. 68FlMoa bfcod. 189P^ten. 103Ph III nil, arat^ 222

liMliiiM, 158;96;oKidni,9i

Ftodop^llni. 14, 43; 294;^taa.181; IImiImib hmiki, 182

add. 41

75, 196; •twtmt, 77;UsuboBH. 76;80; «>ri»M«. 76;7i;l91; dtavmSt 221;'-''^uSr79. 198;panMBgnaa. 80; aoffi ct

tartEM. 84. 85; nipfcaDSta.

80; ntphaa, 77; tattaa. 78;181;183;184;

178;aK.iodiiL.:188

187 ; pRacrrakioo,188,—

66

INDKX. 247

Pruasic acid, 47, 139, 193, 195;dilute, 213

Psoriasis, 239Psychotria ipecacuanha, 35 ; pey-

chotrine, 36Polpe, 55Pompkin seeds, 49, 211Purgatives, 212; cathartic, 211Poiien, 130Ptistuiants, 194Pyelitis. 199Pyrethrum, 39I^roxiline, 151

QcASSiA, 67, 212 ; infamnff,'

ia, 41lininum, 10, 64, 212, 226;.

tinctura, 181 ; tinct.amine183

jD sahtdaIj wood,jerants,

RenalcalcuTu^232Rennin, 31

Resins, 13

Resorcin, 131

Respiratory drugs, 200Rhatany, 39Rheumatism, acute, 237Rhizomes, 41

Rhubarb, 45, 199, 207; Aeo-tumic acid, 45 ; extractum,155 ; pilula, 170 ; piL comp.,173; syrupus, 180

Rioini oil, 20Ringworm, 239Roots, 33Rose leaves, 60; water, 60;

infusnm acidum, 161

Rosmaiini spiritos, 177Rubefacients, 194

SArCHABIK, 134Sacchamm lactis, 29Sacred bark, 64EMicylic acid, 200, 211 ; salicin,

12, 211Salines, 198 ; cathartics, 208Salol, 210Saltpetre, 79Santal oil, 21Santonin, 12, 199, 211, 218;

trochiacus, 184

Sapones, 175 ; emplastmm, 154 ;

pilula comp., 171 ; saponin,

41, 66

Scab^' 239Scalp, ringworm, 239Scammony, 14, 34, 38, 207, 209

;

pulvis comp., 173Scillx oxymel, 169 ; pilula comp.,

172 ; syrupus, 180 ; tinctura,

182Scoparii cacumina, 63 ; scoparin.

63; infusum, 162; succi, 177Scopolamine, 8Scott's dressing, 186Sedatives, 200, 229Seeds, 46Seidlitz powder, 85, 175Senega, 40, 66, 201Senna, 53^^199 ; infusum, 161 ;

syrupus, 180Serpentary, 40, 46Sevnm prsparatum, 30Signature, 189Si^agogues, 201, 203Silver nitrate, 195 ; salts, 195Skin, drugs acting on, 196

Slaked lime, 91

Soap bark, 66Sodium, 83, 199 ; acid phosphates,

86, 198, 199 ; bicarbonas, 84 ;

carbonas, 83 ; carbonas ex-

siccatus, 83 ; chloridum, 85,

191 ; hypophosphis 87

;

iodidnm, 86 ; nitris, 87

;

pboepbMa, 84, 207 ; potassii

tartras, 84 ; salicylas, 87 ;

207 ; sulphas effer^-escens,

174, 207 ; sulphis, 86S<daaaoeoa8 alkaloids, SSoporifics, 215Spartdne, 63Spermaceti, 28Spinal cord, 214Spirit of sal-volatile, 176Spiritus, 176Spogel seeds, 50Squill, 54. 192, 195, 198, 201, 205,

226 {see Scillae) .^

Standardization. 150Starch, 67

Stavesacre, 50

248 INDBX.

Stearoptenes, 17

Stimalante, 200Stomach, 203 ; stoinaohics, 203

;

stomatitis, 220Storax, 17Stramonium, 56, 195, 201 ; tinc-

tura, 182"^

Strontium salts, 119,Strophanthus,,-^r^2, 199; ex-

traqJi<dM, 156 ; tinctura, 181

Strychtime, 5, 50, 162, 193, 198,

-lOl, 212, 214, 218; injectio

hypodermica, 162 ; liquor, 164

sties, 195'SulbscjTption, 188Succi,

Sudorifics, 196Sulphonal, 128; methyl, 129Sulphur, 115; sublimatum, 115;

precipitatum, 115; dioxide,219

Sulphuric ether, 123 ; aoid, 194Sulphurous aoid, 144SaporBoription, 188Suppositoria, 178Suprarenal extract, 212 ; gland,

231Sweet Bpirit of nitre, 148, 176, 198Synergists, 208 '

Syphilis tertiary, 236Syrupi, 178System, alimentary, 202 ; nervons

813; arinary, 198

TAStVtCmt ACtDVM, 130, 210;gliyoerinam, 160 ; suppoei-toria, 178; troohiacos. 184;tannin, 106

Tamarindus, 53Tarazaotim, 80, 41 ; extract, 156

;

raootts, 177Tartar, aiiieiio. 73. i23 ; salt, 76Tartarfoam aoidum, 1S7Terebiaihiaa oaaadeoak. 15;

linimcntam. 164 ; oil, 21Thebaine. 214Tbebolactio acid. 24Theias, 3ThacMeatkt. 1. IftO

Thraad wormt, 211ThjiDol, 18, 210, 211, 212ThTtoideam sioeaiB, 31 1 gland, 81

Tincturse, 180Tolutanus sympus, 179

Tragacanthse glycerinura, 160

;

mucilago, 170Trinitrini liquor, 146, 148, 164;

tabellse, 146Trional, 129Trochiscus, 183ypentine, 199, 210, 211, 212

UENTA, 185207

Urglneae, oxymel, 169 ; pilula

comp., 172 ; syrupus, 180 ;

tinctura, 182Urinary system^iOS^'Urotropin, 134Uterine depressants, 212

VaeSriax, 14, 46, 205 ; tinctuija

ammoniata, 183 ; zinci, 102^aseline, 134

jo-dilators, 227VegetaWe_j)roducta, 67Veratrine,

Vermifuges, 211; vermicides, 211Veronal, 129\Vesicants, 194Viburnum pnmifolium, 66 ; liq.

extract, 158Vina, 186Violet methyl, 199Virginiann? pnmus, 66 ; sympus,

179Vitriol elixir. 143Volatile oils. 19

Vomiting, 222

Witch, baekl, 60Woods, 66Wool, cotton, 40 ; fat, 30Worms, thread. IM I

XiaicuM, 187

Ykllow wash, 168

ZiKCUM, 100: aoetaa, 102; car-

bonat, 100; ohloridum, 100.104 : oleostearM, 102 ; oxi.dum. 101 : sulpha*. 100. 205

;

ungueatum oleaUs, 186;akriaoM^ 102

Zingiber, 46. 66